Like a Boss: Recent Episodes

Michelle Vroom

This podcast is for any female entrepreneur who wants to be in control of making money so she can fully step into the role of provider in her business and life. Each week Michelle interviews amazing women who share their journey to becoming a provider and the hardships they've faced along the way. No topic is off the table - we talk about how to juggle business and kids, the challenges of making more money, how making money impacts your relationships and how to go after what you want without fear of judgement or needing permission from others. Michelle is committed to redefining what it means to be a boss so she can help more women have the freedom to create dream clients whenever they want and be the provider for their families. If you're ready to take control over your business and make money whenever you want while having the freedom to be present with your family, the Like a Boss podcast is for you.

View Details

In this week's episode I'm joined by email marketing expert Allison Hardy for a straight-up honest conversation about what’s actually working in email marketing right now—and what’s not.

We’re pulling back the curtain on:

  • What’s working in email marketing in 2025 (and what emails you shouldn’t be sending)
  • The overlooked opportunities sitting inside your email list right now
  • How AI will impact email (and what you can be doing now)

Bottom line: the market has shifted. Buyer behavior has changed. And if you’re still sending the same tired 3-day promo sequence from 2021… you’re leaving money on the table.

This episode is your permission slip to stop forcing your email funnel to work and start adapting it to how people actually buy now.

You don’t need to burn it all down.

You just need to get smarter with how you sell.

Listen in and get the real strategy behind consistent, scalable email sales.

About Allison:

Allison Hardy is an Email Marketing Strategist who helps smart coaches and experts sell more of their offers, on autopilot.

Allison is the creator of the 6-Figure Secrets Podcast, a Huffington Post Contributor, has been featured in YFS Magazine, and was named one of Washington, D.C.'s most influential professionals under 40 by Washington Life Magazine.

She and her husband Teer, two kids, eleven year old Camden and seven year old Nora, and Beagle, Rosie Penelope, live right outside of Washington, D.C., in Arlington, Virginia.

Want more from Allison?

Grab Allison’s $80,000 email template here and be sure to follow her on Instagram.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Give me 30 minutes and I’ll show you how to add $5K–$10K/month…without adding a single hour to your schedule. Book your free Stability Audit now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’m booked out with coaching spots until September.

And in this week's episode, I’m breaking down exactly how I did it.

No ads.

No launches.

No chasing leads.

Just a simple, repeatable process that builds trust, demand, and consistent revenue.

During the episode, I talk about:

→ Why daily selling doesn’t have to feel “salesy”

→ The mindset shift that created demand on repeat

→ What makes a “boring” business wildly profitable

If your offer isn’t selling, it’s not because you need more strategy.

It’s because you’re not sticking with one.

This is how you sell out without burning out.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. If you want to create demand & fill your coaching spots in the next 30 days, join Summer of Demand.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. Give me 30 minutes and I’ll show you how to add $5K–$10K/month…without adding a single hour to your schedule. Book your free Stability Audit now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Let’s talk about the thing no one wants to say out loud:

You’re giving away too much for free in your Facebook group—and it’s costing you clients.

Yep, I said it.

And before you come for me, hear me out…

There’s a difference between value and over-nurturing.

If your group is active...

If you’re showing up, pouring into your people, answering every question, giving away all the goods…

But sales feel slow or unpredictable?

This week's episode is for you.

I’m breaking down:

→ The different types of members in your group (and who not to focus on)

→ Why nurturing the wrong people is slowing down your sales

→ How to identify & sell to the buyers already sitting in your group

If you’ve built up your group and you’re still struggling to get consistent clients from it...

You don’t need more leads.

You don’t need more content.

You need to shift your focus to the people who are already warm and ready to buy now.

Because when you speak to your ready buyers every day?

You sign more clients—with less effort.

Let’s make your group your #1 cash machine… instead of your biggest time suck.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Give me 30 minutes and I’ll show you how to add $5K–$10K/month…without adding a single hour to your schedule. Book your free Stability Audit now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

There’s a shift happening right now—and if you’re paying attention, you’ve already seen it.

Big names in the industry are reopening their Facebook groups.

Why?

Because content alone isn’t enough anymore.

If you want consistent clients and stable cash flow—posting content isn’t enough.

You need conversations and community.

In this episode, I’m breaking down:

  • Why your content isn’t driving sales calls
  • The missing piece most coaches aren’t talking about
  • Why conversations—not just content—create demand

If you’re posting a ton of content but getting clients every month still doesn’t feel predictable…this episode is your reset.

You don’t need a new platform.

You don’t need to go viral.

You need a place to create trust, spark conversations, and consistently book calls with the right people.

That’s what your Facebook group is for.

Let me show you how to use it.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Give me 30 minutes and I’ll show you how to add $5K–$10K/month…without adding a single hour to your schedule. Book your free Stability Audit now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write

View Details

You’re afraid to promise results.

But you want people to pay premium prices.

It doesn’t work that way.

In this week’s episode, I’m breaking down the real reason your offer feels hard to sell—

And why “playing it safe” in your messaging is costing you clients.

During the episode, I talk about:

  • Why talking about features isn’t enough
  • What happens when you dance around the transformation
  • How to confidently promise results to the right people

If your offer is great but it’s not selling like it should, this episode is your reset.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Give me 30 minutes and I’ll show you how to add $5K–$10K/month…without adding a single hour to your schedule. Book your free Stability Audit now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

If you can only sign clients during a launch, you’re not in control of making money in your business.

In this episode I break down what happened when one of my clients started emailing her list every single day.

Honestly? The results were shocking.

And they proved what I’ve been saying all along: selling more creates more demand.

Period.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Give me 30 minutes and I’ll show you how to add $5K–$10K/month…without adding a single hour to your schedule. Book your free Stability Audit now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

You don't need a complicated business to make big money.

You need a repeatable one.

In this episode, I'm pulling back the curtain on how I built a business that produces $250K–$300K every single year—like clockwork—primarily from my Facebook group.

In this week’s episode, I’m walking you through:

  • The 3 core areas that led to $1M+ in revenue from this group
  • Why stability beats flashy launches (every time)
  • Why human connection is still your biggest sales asset in a world of AI

If you’re tired of hearing that making money is harder than ever…

If you want a simple, stable, "boring" business that actually pays you well, this episode will show you what’s possible.

No hacks.

No trends.

Just a proven system that works.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Give me 30 minutes and I’ll show you how to add $5K–$10K/month…without adding a single hour to your schedule. Book your free Stability Audit now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I had a massive breakthrough in my business the other week—and I’m bringing you behind the scenes.

This isn't just a personal update.

This is a shift that’s going to change how I show up and what I lead you through.

In this bonus episode, I’m sharing:

  • The trap seasoned entrepreneurs fall into (and how to break out)
  • Why your business evolution doesn't mean niching down—it means playing bigger
  • How this shift will impact what I teach, how I coach and where we’re going next

If you've felt like you’ve outgrown parts of your business…

If you’ve felt boxed in by strategies that once worked but now feel too small...

This episode will hit hard.

Because real growth isn’t about getting tighter.

It’s about expanding into the depth of what you’re truly meant to lead.

Listen to this bonus episode now and find out where we’re headed—because if you’re ready to play bigger too…I want you coming with me.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Give me 30 minutes and I’ll show you how to add $5K–$10K/month…without adding a single hour to your schedule. Book your free Stability Audit now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

You’ve got the group.

You’ve got the people.

But lately…it’s feeling quiet.

Is it the algorithm?

Is it your content?

Is your group dying?

Not even close.

In this week’s episode, I’m breaking down why engagement has shifted—and why it doesn’t mean what you think it does.

Because here’s the truth:

Your people are still watching.

They’re just buying differently.

If you’ve been obsessing over likes, comments, or post views…

This will change how you see your group—and how you sell inside it.

Especially if you want your Facebook group to stay your #1 revenue stream this year.

Tune in and stop letting low engagement mess with your momentum.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Give me 30 minutes and I’ll show you how to add $5K–$10K/month…without adding a single hour to your schedule. Book your free Stability Audit now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

You started your business for freedom… but what happens when the thing that once lit you up starts to feel heavy?

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by Lauren Golden, founder of The Free Mama Movement, for a raw and honest convo about what it really looks like to evolve as a business owner—and what to do when you’ve outgrown the business you once loved.

Lauren built a 7-figure business and checked all the boxes of “success.”

But deep down, she knew something wasn’t right.

In this episode, she shares how she got honest with herself, made some tough calls, and fell back in love with her business again.

Whether you’re feeling stuck, burnt out, or simply questioning what’s next… you’re going to want to hear this.

About Lauren:

Lauren Golden is an award-winning entrepreneur, speaker, author, coach, and leader of the Free Mama Movement community where she inspires tens of thousands of women to take small, consistent steps toward living the life of their dreams by transforming self-doubt into self-trust through grit, courage, and unconditional love.

Want more from Lauren?

Be sure to join Lauren’s The Free Mama Movement Community and connect with her on Instagram, Facebook & LinkedIn.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Give me 30 minutes and I’ll show you how to add $5K–$10K/month…without adding a single hour to your schedule. Book your free Stability Audit now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This might ruffle some feathers but it needs to be said…

Your ideal clients aren’t struggling the way you think they are.

And if your messaging is centered around pain, overwhelm, and “the struggle bus,” you’re probably speaking to people who aren’t ready to move.

In this week's episode, I break down what happens when your content attracts people who say they want change but don’t want it badly enough to take action.

If you’re getting interest but not commitment, this episode will show you why and how to fix it.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 100K slot now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

You KNOW you have dream clients in your audience… but they’re just watching instead of buying.

What gives?

In this week’s episode, I’m breaking down the three biggest reasons why your audience isn’t taking the next step—whether that’s booking a call, saying yes, or circling back later with “I need more time.”

If you know there’s money sitting in your audience but you’re not seeing the sales roll in, this episode will help you bridge that gap.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 100K slot now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

If you feel like there’s never enough time to market your business, this episode is for you.

I’ve built a multiple six-figure business using just 60 minutes a day of marketing. And today, I’m breaking down exactly how I did it.

So many business owners—especially moms—feel like they have to do everything to grow their business. But the truth is, most of the things you’re doing aren’t actually moving the needle toward signing more clients.

In this episode, I’m sharing:

  • The exact marketing strategy that has helped me generate over $1.3M in the last four years
  • Why doing more doesn’t always mean making more
  • How to simplify your marketing so you can see results without working 24/7

If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by everything you think you need to do to grow your business, this episode will help you cut through the noise and focus on what truly matters.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 250K slot now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

“If they wanted to buy, they already would have.”

Ever thought this? If yes, you’re not alone.

But the truth is, many of your leads WANT to buy—they just haven’t taken that final step yet.

And one of the biggest reasons? You’re not following up.

So many business owners take a hands-off approach, assuming leads will come back when they’re ready. But that mindset is costing you sales.

In this week’s episode, I talk about:

  • Why your leads are hesitating
  • What’s keeping them from saying “yes”
  • How a simple shift in your follow-up strategy can help you start signing more clients now

If you’re ready to turn leads into clients, this episode is for you.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 250K slot now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

If you’ve been relying on referrals to get clients, this episode is for you.

I see so many women fall into the trap of taking whatever business comes their way, especially when they’re first starting out. But what happens when referrals slow down? What happens when you’re ready to work with dream clients—on your terms?

In this episode, I’m breaking down the shift you must make to stop depending on referrals and start signing clients on your terms. Because when you have a marketing strategy that consistently brings in high-quality leads, you’re no longer at the mercy of referrals—you’re in charge.

I’ve made this shift multiple times in my business, and I know how scary it can feel. But I also know what’s on the other side: more control, more dream clients, and more growth. Let’s talk about it.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 250K slot now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Ever feel like checking out when the end of the month is near?

You’re not alone.

I see so many women start to pull back when they realize they haven’t hit their goal yet—convincing themselves it’s too late and shifting their focus to next month instead.

But what if you didn’t back off? What if, instead, you doubled down and pushed even harder?

In this week’s episode, I’m challenging you to stay in the game and take bold action in the next two weeks. I’ll break down why you don’t hit your goals and exactly how you can show up, take control, and sign more clients before the month is over.

If you’re ready to stop playing small and finish strong, this episode is for you.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 250K slot now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Want to scale your business without working crazy hours?

In this week's episode, I’m sharing the three biggest shifts that took me from 140K to over 300K—all while working just 20 hours a week.

I had to make some tough decisions and step outside my comfort zone in ways I never had before.

Were there sacrifices? Yes.

But were they worth it? HECK YES.

Scaling isn’t just about working harder—it’s about making the right moves at the right time.

If you’re ready to grow your business without burning out, this episode is for you.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 250K slot now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

For nearly seven years, the Market Like a Boss Facebook group has been an incredible space for connection, support, and client growth. But as the online space shifts, I’ve noticed a big challenge—genuine networking is getting harder.

Too many groups have either become silent or turned into a nonstop promo fest. On the flip side, some are so strict that members feel like they can’t even talk about their businesses. So where do we go if we want real, authentic conversations that actually lead to meaningful connections?

In this week’s episode, I’m sharing my vision for where my group is headed and how we’re doubling down on what has always made our community stand out: real, honest, and valuable relationships. If you’ve been feeling disconnected in other groups, this is your invitation to join the conversation in a space that truly supports you.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 250K slot now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Are you being bold enough when talking about your offer?

In this week’s episode, I’m breaking down why so many entrepreneurs struggle to connect what they do with how it truly serves their clients. After reviewing dozens of offers, I noticed one big mistake: we’re not being specific enough.

Gone are the days of vague promises like "I’ll help you succeed." Your dream clients need to hear exactly how you can help them. They want clarity, confidence, and conviction—and they’ll only buy from the person who delivers that.

If you’ve been struggling to communicate your offer in a way that actually gets people to buy, this episode is for you.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 250K slot now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Hot take: If you’re a done-for-you service provider looking to scale, a course or membership isn’t the answer.

I know, I know—passive income sounds great. But the reality? These offers require way more marketing and sales than people realize. If you’re used to 1:1 client work and want to scale without adding more hours, you need a strategy that actually supports your growth.

In this week's episode, I’m breaking down:

  • Why low-ticket offers require high volume to be profitable
  • The real truth about “passive income”
  • What type of offer makes the most sense for DFY providers who want to scale sustainably

If you’ve been considering a course or membership, you need to listen to this first.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 250K slot now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

When it comes to growing your business, audience size isn’t the only thing that matters. Too often, entrepreneurs focus on playing the volume game—thinking they need more followers, more subscribers, or more people in their pipeline.

Here’s the thing: cold audiences convert at just 1-2%. That’s why I choose to prioritize building personal relationships with the leads already in my audience. It’s about quality over quantity—nurturing trust and creating connections that lead to consistent clients.

In this week’s episode, I’m breaking down the question: Do you really need a bigger audience, or is it time to focus on converting the leads already following you?

I’ll share how building trust with your existing leads can lead to consistent clients.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 250K slot now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Most people assume that making $200K+ a year means working around the clock—but I’m here to tell you otherwise.

I’ve built a business that allows me to work just 20-25 hours a week, take every Friday off, and still contribute to the big dreams my family is building. But this didn't just happen overnight.

I didn't "manifest" it.

I created it.

And you can too.

In this week's episode, I’m sharing the 100K calculator I created to help you map out exactly what needs to happen for you to reach 6-figures in one year.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. My FREE 100K calculator will help you break down what it will take to reach 6-figures in one year. Grab yours now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

If you’ve ever felt like you’re not doing enough or like you’re constantly rushing from one task to the next, this episode is for you.

This week, I’m joined by the amazing Lissa Figgins for an open conversation about what it means to feel “enough” in your business. We talk about:

  • Why so many women feel trapped in a cycle of busyness
  • How to stop chasing the feeling of “enough” and take control of your time
  • What it means to slow down and build a business aligned with your values

Even if you’re not a Christian or a woman of faith, this episode will challenge you to rethink the things you’re chasing in your business. It’s time to stop running on empty and start building a business that lights you up.

About Lissa:

Recovering should-do list girl who learned to slow down, Lissa UN-hurried her heart (letting go of her addiction to controlling time, multitasking, and always doing). Her God-given mission: shift the way busy Christian women business owners approach time so they can finally stop chasing a clock, calendar (and their to-do lists)...and increase the ROI on their time through more impact + income.

Lissa launched her business (while juggling multiple roles in her family & community) and discovered she couldn’t juggle all-the-things on her own…the key was doing it WITH-God! Always a teacher & mentor, she is the UN-Time Management Strategist who has personally helped 100s of Christian women business owners REDEEM their Time to build an impactful Life + Business, with intention & presence.

She teaches her clients how to steward their time as a gift from God to stay balanced & growing as the C.E.O. (Christ Empowered Operator) of their WITH-God Life + Biz: investing their time wisely as a committed follower of Christ.

And most importantly she wants women to know the truth: YOU. HAVE. TIME.

Want more from Lissa?

Check out The Redeem Her Time podcast and download Lissa's REDEEM Her Time Balance Assessment to take your first step towards REDEEMING your TIME.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 250K slot now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Let’s get real—some of you are acting like you don’t have control over the type of clients you work with.

But here’s the truth: you have WAY more control than you think.

In this week’s episode, I’m serving up some tough love to help you take back your power by unpacking:

  • Why “any client is a good client” is a lie we tell ourselves when starting out
  • The mindset shifts you need to stop settling for clients who drain your energy
  • How to attract your dream clients

If you’re tired of chasing clients or convincing people to work with you, this episode is your permission slip to step into your power and call in the clients who light you up.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 100K slot now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

How do you handle the phrase “I can’t afford it” on a sales call? For many, it feels like walking a tightrope between being too pushy or backing off completely.

In this week's episode, I’m sharing my perspective on handling money objections in a way that feels genuine and effective.

You’ll hear:

  • Why money objections aren’t always about money
  • How to shift your mindset and take the pressure off closing the sale
  • Why coaching someone through their decision feels better for both you and your client

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 100K slot now.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I'm not going to lie.

2024 was one of the hardest years I've had in business in a LONG time.

But it was all worth it -- because the courageous decisions I made in 2024 have led me to end the year with more profit...and a much brighter 2025.

In this bonus episode, I’m giving you a behind-the-scenes look at the difficult things I faced in 2024, how I worked through them and the lessons I learned.

If you’re in the middle of a tough season or just need some motivation to go BIG in 2025, this episode is a MUST listen.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 100K slot now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

What happens when your clients aren’t getting the results you (or they) hoped for?

This topic doesn’t often get discussed in the online space, but it’s something we’ve all faced. In this week's episode, I’m breaking down what to do when things don’t go as planned and how to handle these situations without second-guessing yourself.

I’ve coached many clients through this and faced it in my own business. You’ll walk away with a fresh perspective on how to handle these situations and the tools to show up powerfully for your clients—no matter the results they’re seeing.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 100K slot now.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Are you guilty of putting your clients first at the expense of your own marketing?

In this week’s episode, I’m diving into why we often prioritize client work over growing our own businesses. You already know marketing is essential for attracting consistent clients, yet it’s easy to let it fall by the wayside when you’re busy serving others.

Here’s what I cover in this episode:

  • The mindset shifts needed to consistently prioritize your marketing
  • How to balance client work without taking on too much responsibility
  • Practical steps to break the cycle and get back to intentional growth

It’s time to show up for your business like you show up for your clients. This episode will help you do just that.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 100K slot now.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week's episode, I’m joined by my client Alison Simmons to talk about how she went from $2,500/month to $10K months in less than six months. This isn’t your typical “overnight success” story—it’s about the intentional steps Alison took to create a thriving, profitable business.

When Alison and I started working together, she knew she wanted more: higher-paying clients, work that truly lights her up, and the ability to serve at a higher level. What I love about Alison’s story is how she fully embraced the coaching process, leaning into her challenges and showing up with intention every step of the way.

During the episode, we chatted about:

  • What was required for Allison to make that revenue leap
  • The mindset shifts she made
  • How Alison leveraged coaching to fast-track her results

This is more than a success story—it’s a behind-the-scenes look at what it takes to make significant changes in your business. Alison’s journey will inspire and challenge you to think about where you’ve outgrown your current standards and what leveling up could look like for you.

About Alison:

Alison Leigh Simmons is a no-nonsense Business Manager & Strategy Implementor dedicated to helping 6 figure business owners build sustainable, scalable businesses without the chaos. As the founder of Alison Leigh OBM, LLC, she turns big visions into actionable plans, leveraging streamlined workflows, scalable systems with the help of cutting-edge AI tools to free up both your time and your brain space so that you can sleep better at night! With a mix of analytical problem-solving and real-talk advice, Alison helps entrepreneurs ditch the overwhelm, work smarter, and focus on what they love most

Want more from Alison?

Be sure to check out Alison’s website and listen to her podcast.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 100K slot now.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Motivation isn’t something we always have on tap—it ebbs and flows, and that’s okay. As business owners, we all experience times when our energy feels low, especially as we navigate the holiday season or confront challenging thoughts about our work.

In this episode, I talk about:

  • Why it’s perfectly normal to feel unmotivated from time to time
  • How to spot patterns and trends in your motivation levels
  • Simple mindset shifts to help you regain clarity and energy

If you’ve been struggling with motivation, this episode will give you actionable steps to understand what’s going on and take back control of your mindset.

Tune in now and start feeling more motivated in your business!

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 100K slot now.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Confidence isn’t something you’re just born with—it’s something you build over time. I’ll be the first to admit there have been seasons in my eight and a half years of business where I didn’t feel as confident as I wanted to. Whether it was imposter syndrome creeping in or questioning the success I’ve achieved, those moments are real, and I know so many of you can relate.

In this week's episode, I'm joined by certified life and business mindset coach Jennifer Jakobsen for an honest, open conversation about confidence in your marketing.

Jennifer and I discuss why so many entrepreneurs struggle with confidence in their business, what’s really holding them back, and how to overcome those blocks to show up more confidently in their marketing.

No matter how long you’ve been in business, this episode will give you the tools to feel more confident in your marketing and your business.

About Jennifer:

Jennifer Jakobsen is a certified life and business mindset coach for coaches as well as a Licensed Therapist. She helps coaches ditch the doubt in their businesses and life so they can show up with the confidence and authenticity that attracts paying clients over and over again. She does this using her signature “Clarity to Cash” system. Her clients call her their business therapist since she helps them get out of their head so they can actually solve the problems in their businesses.

Want more from Jennifer?

Be sure to check out Jennifer's free quiz to uncover exactly what is keeping you from more clients and follow her on Instagram & join her Facebook group.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 100K slot now.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

If you’re a done-for-you service provider who’s maxed out on 1:1 work, knows you need to scale, but doesn’t want to go the agency route, this episode is for you.

In this episode, I break down why service providers make the best coaches, even if they don’t see themselves that way yet and share how your existing skills uniquely set you up for success.

If you’ve been feeling called to make a bigger impact in 2025 and serve more people at once, this episode will give you the encouragement and insights to start exploring that next step.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 100K slot now.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This week, I talk about something every service provider faces: why potential clients express interest in your offer, visit your call link... but don’t book. This is something I’ve coached many clients through, and today, I’m sharing what’s really going on behind the scenes.

I’m breaking down the real reasons behind why potential clients hesitate to book that call from fears of “wasting time” to feeling like they need to “have it all together” first, and how to address them in your content. Often, the problem isn’t about money or them not being ready -- it’s about overcoming those mental blocks that hold them back.

If you’re ready to fill your calendar with qualified leads who are excited to work with you, don’t miss this episode!

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 100K slot now.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This year has been a rollercoaster for me. My business was doing great, but I realized earlier in the year that the direction I was heading in wasn’t one I loved. That’s when I knew I needed to make some changes.

In this week’s episode, I’m getting honest about the ups and downs of scaling. I’m joined by special guest Samantha Siffring, and together, we’re talking about the real truth behind scaling that most people don’t share – the pros, cons, and everything in between. We’re also sharing how scaling looked for us personally and why we both eventually decided to scale back.

If you’re thinking about growing your business in 2025, this episode is for you. We’re also discussing the marketing trends we expect to see next year, so you don’t want to miss this.

About Samantha:

Samantha Siffring is a business coach, host of the Simple Online Business podcast, and author of Copy That Compels and the 90 Day Business Growth Challenge journal. Since 2015, she has helped hundreds of women build successful businesses. She lives in Colorado with her husband, 3 children, dog, and cat. Her non-work time is spent reading romance novels, antiquing, traveling with her family, and cheering for the Denver Nuggets.

Want more from Samantha?

Join Samantha’s Facebook group, Online Business Building Women and follow her on Instagram.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to 100K slot now.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Ever feel like you’re putting out tons of content but not seeing the clients you want from it?

You’re showing up, creating posts, and building your community, but you’re not seeing the sales calls booked or hearing from people ready to work with you.

Maybe you’re even getting plenty of engagement on the free content – people commenting, asking questions, and liking your posts – but when it comes time to take that next step, they’re just not doing it. Frustrating, right?

I’ve been there. After 6+ years of growing my Facebook group and putting out hundreds of pieces of content, I’ve seen what works (and what doesn’t) when it comes to converting leads into clients.

I’ve tested and refined my approach, and in this episode, I’m breaking down the reasons why your content might not be leading to the sales you want – and what changes you can make to turn that engagement into clients.

In this week’s episode, I cover:

  • Why your content might be attracting attention but not conversions
  • Common mistakes we make with content that leaves potential clients on the fence
  • Shifts you can make to guide your audience from “interested” to “ready to buy”

Tune in to learn how to make your content work harder for you, so you can start booking more calls and converting more clients. If you’re ready to get real results from the content you’re already putting out, this one’s for you.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Spend 30 minutes with me and figure out exactly what it will take to double your revenue without doubling your hours. Grab a Fast Track to Freedom slot now.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m diving into a topic we all face: handling dream clients who aren’t ready to work with you yet or who say "no."

It’s one of those moments that can feel frustrating, especially when you feel like you’re doing everything right. You’re showing up, putting in the work, and yet those dream clients aren’t buying. I get it. Even with tons of experience, you’ll still face this situation, and it brings up all kinds of thoughts and emotions.

In this episode, I’m sharing:

  • The thoughts we have when someone says no and how they can hold us back from following up
  • Why hearing "no" doesn’t mean it’s the end of the road
  • How to reframe the way you think about the initial "no" and why it’s actually an opportunity

If you’ve ever let a "no" stop you from nurturing a relationship, this episode is for you. Tune in to hear how I’ve shifted my mindset around clients who aren’t ready to buy.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, we’re diving into a topic that doesn’t get talked about enough: whether you’re training your audience NOT to buy from you.

I know it’s easy to blame your audience when sales aren’t coming through as consistently as you want. You might feel like you have the wrong people or that your audience isn’t big enough.

Trust me -- I get it. It’s frustrating when you’ve put in the work to grow your community, and yet, you’re not seeing the sales you expected.

But here’s the thing: as the leader of your audience, it’s time to take responsibility.

What if the real issue isn’t your audience but how you’re showing up?

What if it’s your messaging, your mindset, or even the energy you bring to your offers that’s holding people back from buying?

During the episode, I’m breaking down the ways you might unknowingly be training your audience NOT to buy from you. We’ll talk about what’s really getting in the way of turning your audience into consistent clients and how to start shifting that.

If you’ve been struggling with getting your community to convert, this episode is for you.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m diving into what’s really keeping you from consistently attracting your dream clients.

Spoiler: it all starts with your thoughts.

During the episode, I talk about how your mindset directly impacts the results you’re seeing right now—and more importantly, how you can shift those thoughts to start seeing different results.

Whatever you’re feeling is a reflection of what you’re thinking. If you’re feeling stuck, unsure, or even frustrated, there’s likely a thought pattern holding you back.

This is an important conversation if you’ve been struggling to land clients and feel like something’s not clicking.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m diving into what it REALLY takes to attract dream clients who are not only excited to work with you but are also ready and willing to pay for your services.

If you feel like you’ve been attracting people who aren’t the right fit or who need convincing, it’s likely because your messaging and content aren’t speaking directly to the people who are already sold on what you offer. I see so much content focused on convincing potential clients, which can feel desperate and exhausting.

What if you showed up with conviction instead?

What if you positioned yourself as the expert your dream clients have been looking for, and spoke directly to them?

In this episode, I talk about:

  • How to craft messaging that draws in clients who are ready to invest
  • Why your content might be attracting the wrong people—and how to fix it
  • The mindset shift you need to make to speak with confidence and attract clients who trust you to solve their problems

Dream clients don’t need convincing. They see the value in solving their problems, and they trust you to help them do it.

Tune in to learn how to position yourself so you can attract more of these dream clients who are eager to work with you and ready to pay!

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This week’s episode is a special one! I’m sharing insights from the Land Your Dream Client challenge I hosted in August, where we dove deep into what it takes to become the go-to expert your dream clients want to work with.

In this episode, I talk about:

  • The beliefs you have around your offer (and how they might be holding you back)
  • Why you're not getting consistent clients for your offer right now (and what to do about it)
  • The buying process and what’s really going on in your audience's mind when you're selling your offer

If you’ve been struggling to position yourself as the expert or want to land more dream clients, this episode is a must-listen. I’m breaking down what you need to shift in your mindset and strategy to start attracting the clients you’ve always dreamed of working with.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week's episode, we’re diving into something BIG—how to make 10K months your new norm.

I know some of you may have told yourself to play small or downplay your goals. Maybe you’ve been conditioned to feel guilty or ashamed for wanting to hit certain income milestones. But I’m here to tell you: there’s nothing wrong with wanting consistent 10K months. In fact, I want you to be proud of it and shout it from the rooftops!

I want to normalize 10K months as your standard, not some far-off dream. And in this episode, I’m going to share exactly how to make that happen.

During the episode, I talk about:

  • The beliefs that are keeping most women from hitting 10K months
  • Where your focus needs to be to make 10K months your new standard
  • Actionable steps you can take to hit consistent 10K months

If you’re ready to stop playing small and make consistent 10K months, this episode is for you!

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This week's episode was inspired by a conversation I had with a client. In it, I talk about the #1 thing holding you back from getting more clients.

No, it's not your strategy or skills -- it’s the fear of possibly failing and how it might make you feel.

We often hesitate to promote ourselves or put offers out there because we’re afraid of what it will feel like if no one signs up.

But here’s the truth: the fear of disappointment or self-doubt is what keeps you from taking action. Once you face that fear and realize that you’ll survive even if things don’t go as planned, you’ll start showing up more confidently and consistently.

Success in marketing isn’t about avoiding failure, it’s about learning from it and moving forward with the confidence that you’ll be okay no matter what.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Are you struggling to land consistent clients? The answer might be simpler than you think.

In this week’s episode, I’m diving into the key to landing clients consistently: focusing on what you can control.

So many entrepreneurs spend too much time and energy stressing over things they can’t control in their marketing—things like the algorithm, who signs on, or even how other people respond to your posts. This leads to frustration and slows down your growth.

In this episode, I’ll show you how shifting your focus to what’s within your control can change everything and help you start seeing results.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m pulling back the curtain on the exact shifts I made between 2018 and 2019 that took my revenue from just over $50K to $140K.⁣⁣⁣

I’ll be sharing the strategies and mindset shifts that didn’t just help me hit multiple 6-figures but also opened things up in my family. From buying our dream home and car to being able to provide for my family when my husband lost his job, these changes paved the way for so much more in my business and family.

If you’re looking to sign clients faster and grow your revenue, this episode is a must-listen.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Check out the episode where I break down the money I've made in the last 5 years & lessons learned.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

If you've already made 6-figures and want to scale your group program since you’re at capacity but find yourself hesitant to enroll more clients, this episode is for you.

In this week’s episode, I talk about:

  • Why you’re hesitant to scale your group program
  • Why adding more people to your program will lead to better results for everyone
  • How to handle more clients in your program without sacrificing quality

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Join our podcast giveaway and get a chance to win a strategy session with me to review your content and messaging! Leave a review to get entered.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

“Who are the people that will value the outcome that you provide the most?”

This question challenged one of my Sold Out Standard clients, and it might challenge your assumptions too.

We often assume our ideal clients are those struggling the most. But the truth is, those who are ready to take action and invest are often the best fit.

In this week’s episode, I talk about who you should be speaking to in your messaging and marketing.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Join our podcast giveaway and get a chance to win a strategy session with me to review your content and messaging! Leave a review to get entered.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by my client Chaitra Radhakrishna who shared her journey to making 140K from her group program.

Chaitra has taken a lot of scary leaps in our time working together. When we started working, she was designing Shopify websites and now she is making the majority of her money from her group program.

During the episode we chatted about:

  • How having a group program give Chaitra more choices
  • What scary choices she had to made
  • Growth year vs. stability year

About Chaitra:

Chaitra is the founder of Pinkpot Studio which is a Shopify design studio for product-based businesses. After taking a long maternity break, she got to rebuilding her design studio in Jan 2020 and within a year was able to scale her income to 6-fig by booking consistent high-end $10K website projects while working less than 20 hours/week. She believes that being kind, doing good work and working from a place of rest can go a long way in growing a business. She is on a mission to help other web designers raise their prices, design high-end websites and scale their income by doing what they love.

Want more from Chaitra?

Be sure to follow her on Instagram and check out her 5-day email course that walks you through how to streamline your web design process, increase your value and charge higher for client projects.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Do you want to stop relying on referrals & sign dream clients you love working with? Sign up for our free Land Your Dream Client Challenge!
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Only 6% of entrepreneurs make it to 6-figures.

That’s an insanely low number & my goal is to change it.

In this week's episode, I share my perspective as to why entrepreneurs don’t reach this milestone, including:

  • What gets in the way of women reaching 6-figures faster
  • How to make sure you’re part of the 6%

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Download my 100K Calculator to help you break down what it will take to reach 6-figures in one year.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Have you ever held back on sharing your knowledge because you were worried about giving away too much for free?

Maybe you’ve even been told that if you give away too much people won’t buy from you.

Hold that thought.

During this week’s episode, I bust this myth wide open and discuss:

  • Why free information alone won’t get you results
  • The power of hands-on support
  • What other types of valuable content you can share to attract your dream clients

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Join our podcast giveaway and get a chance to win a strategy session with me to review your content and messaging! Leave a review to get entered.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

"How long should I wait to make a change if something isn’t working?"

I get this question a lot. And I have a very unconventional answer that I share in this week’s episode.

During the episode, I talk about:

  • What happens when we don't give a strategy enough time to work
  • When is the right time to make changes to your marketing strategy
  • What is required to see the results you want

View Details

In this week’s episode, I breakdown 3 ways you’re making marketing harder than it has to be.

I discuss:

  • Why marketing feels complicated
  • What happens when you don't have a clear goal
  • How to make marketing simple so you can sign clients faster

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Join our podcast giveaway and get a chance to win a strategy session with me to review your content and messaging! Leave a review to get entered.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

What should you do when your marketing isn't working?

In this week’s episode I talk about what to do when you’re trying all the things and it feels like nothing’s working.

I discuss:

  • What to do when you feel like you’re putting all the effort and not seeing the results you want
  • How to know which shifts you need to make (without burning the whole thing down)

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Join our podcast giveaway and get a chance to win a strategy session with me to review your content and messaging! Leave a review to get entered.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Want to know the #1 thing keeping you from getting to 6-figures (or more) in your business?

It’s not necessarily fear of failure.

The #1 thing that keeps you from making money is…the fear of losing it all.

In this week’s episode, I dive into this topic and share the things that allowed me to go after bigger things in my business.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Join our podcast giveaway and get a chance to win a strategy session with me to review your content and messaging! Leave a review to get entered.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Booking sales calls doesn’t have to be as hard as you’re making it.

In this week’s episode I talk about how to get out of your head and book more calls with dream clients.

I discuss:

  • Why we overcomplicate things in our business and marketing
  • How to book more sales calls without making it hard and complicated (with action steps you can start taking today to book more calls)

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Join our podcast giveaway and get a chance to win a strategy session with me to review your content and messaging! Leave a review to get entered.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

“Why aren’t the people with money buying from me?”

This is probably a question you’ve asked yourself before (if you’re honest).

Here are the facts…

It’s not that people don’t like your offer.

It’s not that your messaging is off.

It’s not that they don’t like you.

People aren’t buying because they don't see you as THE expert.

In this week's episode, I dive into what shifts you need to make to establish more authority so your audience is excited to buy from you.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Join our podcast giveaway and get a chance to win a strategy session with me to review your content and messaging! Leave a review to get entered.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Not all clients are created equal.

As you serve more clients in your business, you’ll notice there are some who get incredible results and there are others who seem to always push back and don’t seem committed.

In this week’s episode, I talk about what you need to focus on to attract clients who will ACTUALLY do the work.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Want to sign consistent dream clients? Join my free live workshop The Consistency Code.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Do you ever feel like you're falling behind in your business?

You're not alone! Even successful women often experience this self-doubt.

In this week's episode, I talk about what to do when you feel behind in your business and:

  • What happens when thoughts of feeling behind come up
  • Tools and shifts you can make to move past these feelings

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Want to sign consistent dream clients? Join my free live workshop The Consistency Code.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Feeling frustrated by no-shows?

Been there. Done that. Got the t-shirt.

In this week's episode, I talk about:

  • The #1 reason why no-shows happen
  • Signs you’re speaking to people who aren’t motivated
  • Shifts you can make to start marketing your calls to ready buyers

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Join our podcast giveaway and get a chance to win a strategy session with me to review your content and messaging! Leave a review to get entered.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Feeling like "burning" your business down?

This week’s episode is for you.

In it, I talk about what to do when it feels like things aren’t working. Even if you’re not in a place right now where you want to burn your business down, the next time it happens you’ll have this episode to listen to.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. I’m hosting the first Market Like a Boss networking event on May 23rd. Join us if you want to build more connections & expand your network!
  3. Join our podcast giveaway and get a chance to win a strategy session with me to review your content and messaging! Leave a review to get entered.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Feeling overwhelmed by your finances? You're not alone!

Especially as a business owner, money can feel like a never-ending source of stress. But what if I told you it doesn't have to be that way?

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by Katy Almstrom to break down:

  • The money roadblocks many business owners (especially women!) face
  • How to forgive yourself for past money mistakes
  • Taking ownership of your finances with actionable steps
  • Shifting your mindset about money

Tune in to the full episode to discover Katy's secret money mindset shift!

About Katy:

Katy is a leading money mentor and wealth coach, a teacher and speaker who works with ambitious women who are ready to steward their money in their business and life by creating a sustainable strategy, simplify their process, and build limitless confidence in their money habits and behaviors. With over a decade of experience in teaching and coaching combined with her own debt-free entrepreneurial journey and simplified life, Katy provides a unique service for her clients to help them slow down, map out their own joyful wealth-building journey, and create a life that has WAY less stress around money.

Want more from Katy?

Connect with Katy:

Net Worth Woman Facebook community

Instagram

Messy to Magnetic Podcast

Free Gift: The 4-Minute Money Upgrade

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Join our podcast giveaway and get a chance to win a strategy session with me to review your content and messaging! Leave a review to get entered.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this episode, I'm sharing something incredibly personal and transparent: my 5-year income report. As I approach my 8th anniversary in business, I wanted to take a moment to reflect on the journey and share the reality of building a business over time.

For the first time, I'm breaking down my income year by year, showing exactly how much I've made in my business over the last five years. This report is not just about numbers; it's about celebrating something that is often overlooked in the entrepreneurial world - CONSISTENT GROWTH.

In an industry where flashy wins and overnight success stories are often glorified, I want to normalize the idea that success is not always about massive revenue jumps. It's about steady, consistent growth that you can sustain year after year.

I share this report to pull back the curtain on what a real multiple 6-figure business looks like. It's not always a straight shot to the top, there are ebbs and flows along the way. But through it all, what matters most to me is stability and predictability in my business.

I've held back from sharing some of these numbers in the past because I didn't think they were "high enough." But looking at this report now, I see a business that is stable, predictable, and something I am incredibly proud of.

I hope that by sharing this report, I can inspire others to focus on steady, consistent growth in their own businesses. Success is not about hitting big numbers one year and then struggling to repeat it, it's about building a business that can sustain growth year after year.

Join me in this week's episode as I dive deep into my 5-year income report and share the lessons I've learned along the way.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

"Should I focus on my Facebook group or is email marketing a more effective strategy?"

This question, raised by one of my clients via Voxer, reflects the common pressure we all face to find the "right" strategy for the results we want.

There’s a lot of advice in the online space, which makes it easy to feel overwhelmed about which strategy to choose.

But here's the truth: success doesn't hinge solely on finding the perfect strategy.

Join me in this week's episode as I discuss why picking the right strategy doesn’t matter as much as you think it does and what truly drives results in marketing.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Join us for an exciting episode as I sit down with my past client Jen Kline to uncover the secrets of running successful virtual events and conferences.

In this episode, we cover:

  • How to determine if now is the right time to do a live event
  • Common mistakes to avoid when organizing and hosting live events
  • The benefits of hosting live events for your business growth
  • Actionable steps to kickstart your journey into hosting your own virtual events

Tune in now to gain valuable insights and expert tips on running engaging and successful virtual events!

About Jen:

With a driving passion for people, Jen Kline is always looking for ways to love and help others. Jen started Line of Hope Creative Solutions in 2019 as a way to do just that and began to see the importance of virtual conferences. She now creates magnetic communities, powerful connections, and increased revenue for businesses seeking unique ways to serve their audience by helping host virtual events. Jen is a devoted Christ follower, a wife, mom of 5, sister, friend, bookworm and a french-fry enthusiast.

Want more from Jen?

Join Jen’s Facebook group, Virtual Conference Hosts, and be sure to check out her website.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Are you hesitating to sell because the fear of rejection holds you back?

In this week's episode, I dive deep into why hearing "no" can actually lead to more clients.

I discuss:

  • Why no’s matter
  • Why it’s important to get more no’s
  • How to use no’s to get more yes’s

Tune in to gain valuable insights that can shift your approach to sales!

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. If you’re hungry for 6-figures, we should chat. Book a Fast Track to 100K call and let’s look at what it will take to reach a 6-figure year (and how I can help you get there).

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Join me this week as I sit down with my client, Kare Maryn, to explore the art of creating copy that converts. Kare takes us through her journey of implementing a group program in her business and the impactful shifts she made in her content strategy.

She also shares how she manages a successful business while working a 9-5!

About Kare:

Kare's a Kitchen Coach, helping busy career moms get good meals on the table fast so they can enjoy stress-free daily dinners and connect with their family around the dinner table. As a former personal chef, a wife, and a working mom, Kare knows how to get dinner on the table each week without spending all her free time in the kitchen, and you can too.

Want more from Kare?

Be sure to join Kare’s Facebook group, Practical Meal Planning Moms.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by Dana Malstaff, the founder of Boss Mom, to discuss the challenges and strategies for balancing family life while growing a business.

We chatted about:

  • How mainstream business advice differs for moms compared to other entrepreneurs
  • Common misconceptions and challenges moms encounter while balancing business growth and family life
  • Overcoming limiting beliefs and pushing past discomfort on the journey to success
  • Changes for moms in business over the past few years
  • Dana's advice for moms juggling business growth and motherhood

Tune in for valuable insights and strategies to help you balance the demands of business and motherhood without compromise!

About Dana:

Dana Malstaff is the Founder of Boss Mom and creator of Nurture to Convert. She is a mother, author, speaker, podcaster, and movement maker. She believes that too many brilliant moms are struggling to figure out how to grow their business while balancing all that is required to be a good mom, partner, and woman. Dana teaches Nurture Marketing to thousands of Boss Moms so they can authentically get visible and grow their business even with their inconsistent schedules.

Want more from Dana?

Be sure to check out Dana’s website and connect with her on Instagram and Facebook.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Comparison is a common struggle that can hold women back from fully showing up in their business. Join me in this week’s episode as I chat with special guest Melanie Birky about how to stop comparing yourself to others and discover more joy and freedom in your entrepreneurial journey.

We discuss:

  • The increasing prevalence of comparison in the online industry
  • Strategies for dealing with comparison when it arises
  • How to show up authentically and with more freedom in your marketing efforts

Tune in to gain insights and actionable tips to help you overcome comparison and thrive in your business!

About Melanie:

Melanie Birky owns a life coaching business, Coaching with Melanie, and runs a Signature Coaching Program, The Journey to Personal Freedom. The program helps successful women of faith business owners change their relationship with themselves so they can learn to truly rest, enjoy their life of success, and have meaningful relationships.

Prior to becoming a coach, Melanie was the CEO and co-owner of Star Martial Arts with her husband, Seth. After experiencing a staff walkout, Melanie realized that although her professional and personal life had reached high levels of success, she had created a lifestyle that was exhausting, stressful, and unfulfilling caused by roots of insecurity. Melanie then began the personal development work of changing her relationship with herself by exploring God’s perspective of her. This process of transformation launched her into her purpose and passion to help other women just like her do the same through her coaching program.

Melanie loves to go after goals and maximize life. She is a 5-time martial arts world champion, a triathlete, a world travel lover, and an adoptive mother of 3, but is most proud of who she is and is continuing to become as a person, the lifestyle she has created, and the connection with the amazing people she has in her life!

Want more from Melanie?

Be sure to check out Melanie’s Facebook group and website.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

When a potential client tells you they can’t afford it, it's really NEVER about the money.

In this week's episode, I talk about what's really going on when you hear "I can't afford it" and how to respond to this objection in a sales conversation.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. My free live event, Your First 100K, will show you the exact strategy to reach your first 6-figure year. Grab your spot now.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week's episode, I'm joined by my client, Theresa Harp to talk about how to stay consistent in your marketing.

  • Why women struggle with consistency in marketing
  • What her biggest challenge is in staying consistent
  • What thoughts and beliefs have led Theresa to stay consistent
  • The difference between making time and taking time

About Theresa:

Theresa Harp is a military spouse, mother of four, and owner of Theresa Harp Coaching, where she provides 1:1 coaching for busy moms who want to take back control of their time in their home and in their business so they can have better work-life harmony.

Want more from Theresa?

Be sure to check out Theresa’s Facebook group, website and podcast.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. My free live event, Your First 100K, will show you the exact strategy to reach your first 6-figure year. Grab your spot now.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by my client Chaitra Radhakrishna who shared her journey on going from 0 to 6 figures and then pausing her business for 18 months while she gave birth to her son and went on maternity leave.

We chatted about:

  • What it REALLY takes to reach 6-figures
  • Why Chaitra stopped her business when she went on maternity leave (and what went into that decision)
  • The thought that helped her build back her business back up to 6-figures

If a 6-figure business is on your radar, this is a MUST listen.

About Chaitra:

Chaitra is the founder of Pinkpot Studio which is a Shopify design studio for product-based businesses. After taking a long maternity break, she got to rebuilding her design studio in Jan 2020 and within a year was able to scale her income to 6-fig by booking consistent high-end $10K website projects while working less than 20 hours/week. She believes that being kind, doing good work and working from a place of rest can go a long way in growing a business. She is on a mission to help other web designers raise their prices, design high-end websites and scale their income by doing what they love.

Want more from Chaitra?

Be sure to follow her on Instagram and check out her 5-day email course that walks you through how to streamline your web design process, increase your value and charge higher for client projects.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. If you’re hungry for 6-figures, we should chat. Book a Fast Track to 100K call and let’s look at what it will take to reach a 6-figure year (and how I can help you get there).
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

DM outreach gets a bad rep.

In this week’s episode of the Like a Boss Podcast I break down a DM strategy that ACTUALLY works and results in more meaningful conversations (not to mention clients).

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. If you're hungry for 6-figures, we should chat. Book a Fast Track to 100K call and let's look at what it will take to reach a 6-figure year (and how I can help you get there).
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook Group.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

One of the biggest challenges I see in marketing is women focusing on strategies that don’t make sense for where they’re at in business. This leads to overwhelm and a lack of focus.

While all strategies have the potential to work, you don’t need to work them all at once. Instead of trying to keep up with every marketing strategy, focus on the strategy that fits the level of business you’re at. Once you master one skill, then you can stack others on top.

What marketing strategy should you focus on right now? I break it down in this week’s episode.

If marketing feels overwhelming or you're not sure if you're focused on the right pieces, this episode is for you.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. If you're hungry for 6-figures, we should chat. Book a Fast Track to 100K call and let's look at what it will take to reach a 6-figure year (and how I can help you get there).
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook Group.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by my OG client, Lindsey White who shared her journey to making 6-figures.

We chatted about:

  • What it took for her to create a 6-figure year
  • The challenges she faced along the way
  • Her decision to leave her 9-5 job
  • What stepping into 6-figures has created for her family

About Lindsey:

Lindsey White helps entrepreneurs expand their online presence and reach the audience that they don’t have the time to find. She helps them reach their dream clients, shows their audience that they're the expert, and guides people to wanting to work with them!

Want more from Lindsey?

Be sure to check out Lindsey's Facebook group, Instagram and website.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. If you have a group program or are starting one, join me in the Group Program Accelerator. We'll work together to make your program irresistible in one week or less.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by my past client, Anna Walker who shared her journey about taking her group program from 0 to 6-figures in one year..

We chatted about:

  • How she knew it was time to start a group program
  • The highs and lows throughout her journey (including her first launch)
  • What’s changed in her business since starting a group program

About Anna:

Anna Walker is the founder & CEO of Walker Strategy Co., a marketing coaching & website agency devoted to serving mental health therapists & counselors. WSC is focused on helping therapists market their practices in ways that are simple, effective, and authentic to them. Anna started WSC in 2019 and has served over 3,000 therapists through her paid programs & services.

Want more from Anna?

Be sure to check out her website.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. If you have a group program or are starting one, join my brand-new bootcamp, Group Program Accelerator. We'll work together to make your program irresistible in one week or less.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

2023 has been an interesting year.⁣

So many amazing things have happened...but it's also been a really hard year.⁣

A year of change.⁣

A year of truly making decisions that will help me reach 7-figures.⁣

Those decisions aren't always easy. Sometimes they go against the grain of what everyone tells you to do in business.⁣

They also require a crap ton of courage.⁣

This year I've had the courage to make a lot of big decisions.⁣

To let go of things that aren't in the best interests of my business.⁣

And I have SO MUCH TO SHARE.⁣

In this week's episode, I pull back the curtain of my business and share a behind-the-scenes look at how my 2023 went and what's ahead for 2024.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook Group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

There’s this misconception that people only buy during a launch. In this week’s episode, we’re diving into how to get sales outside of a launch.

I talk about:

  • Differences between people you market to during a launch and people you market to in between launches
  • How to market to people who buy outside of a launch

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook Group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Feel like your reach has dropped?

Getting less engagement on your posts?

You’re not alone. I’m talking to SO many women facing this very challenge.

I know it’s beyond frustrating to feel like no one’s seeing your content.

In this week’s episode, I share my perspective on what to do when engagement dips and how to turn things around. That way you can handle any dips that come your way & not let them sideline your marketing or keep you from posting.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook Group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

We reached 7,000 members inside of the Market Like a Boss group! I’ve made a million dollars and counting from signing clients in my group over the last 3 years and in this episode, I break down my journey since opening Market Like a Boss group.

You’ll get my best strategies on:

  • How I grow my audience every month
  • My system for signing clients from my audience
  • How to create a community that will bring you clients on ANY platform

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook Group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This week’s episode was inspired by a conversation I had with a client.

In it, I talk about why your audience needs you to sell more, not less.

During this episode, I discuss:

  • Things that are holding you back from selling
  • What a “no” means
  • What does selling give your audience
  • What message you’re sending your audience when you don’t sell

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook Group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Are you sitting in an audience that has grown stale?

During this week’s episode, I talk about how to re-engage your audience if they've grown stale or you haven't been showing up consistently.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook Group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Has this ever happened to you…?

You see a post in another FB group from someone who’s looking to hire help. Help that YOU can provide.

You get excited. Finally! After weeks of scouring promo threads you finally see a post from someone who could become a client. You go to comment and - gulp - there are over 600 comments from experts just like yourself pitching their services.

You think “why bother” since there are so many other people who commented. You won’t stand out anyway, right? So you move on to looking for new posts.

During this week's episode, I talk about 2 tips on how to stand out on a crowded group thread.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook Group.
  2. Want my help creating demand for your signature offer so you can sell out & reach 6-figures? Doors to Sold Out Standard are open NOW! Book a call with me to chat further.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This week’s episode was inspired by the conversation I had during one of my events.

In it, I talk about whether or not we actually want to be sought out.

During this episode, I discuss:

  • Two reasons why you’re afraid of becoming sought out
  • The fear and what’s coming up when you’re sought out

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. I'm hosting a free, 2-hour live event on December 14 to help you sell your signature offer to people who are ready to buy. Grab your spot now.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook Group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Are people still buying the way that they used to?

This is a discussion I’ve been seeing online. When people say that no one is buying or people aren’t buying the way that they used to, it creates a lot of confusion which often leads women to pull back from what they’re doing.

In this week’s episode, I dive deep into this topic and answer this question.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook Group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I talk about why lower priced offers take longer and more work to market than selling something that is a higher ticket.

During this episode I discuss:

  • What you should focus on so you can attract clients who love what you're about and see you as the expert
  • Simpler path to sign clients faster
  • What you need to do to stand out online

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook Group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Welcome to one of my sassiest episodes! #sassypants

The majority of you are waiting around and complaining that you’re not getting the clients you want. When in reality, YOU’RE the one prolonging the sales process by sitting back and waiting for people to come to you.

During this episode I talk about:

  • The reasons why you’re taking a passive approach to your marketing
  • Why clients don’t reach out directly (even if they’re interested in buying)
  • Actionable steps to put yourself back in the driver’s seat of your marketing

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook Group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Everyone talks about the secrets to a 10K month.

All of those "secrets" are usually related to some type of action...post more, talk about the transformation you offer, put out good content, make offers, etc. etc.

But what if there's one main ingredient to reaching a 10K month...and it has nothing to do with the amount of content you put out?

In this episode I talk about that main ingredient and how you can start using it now to reach a 10K month.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook Group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

If you want to have a $10K month from your Facebook group in the fastest, simplest way possible, this episode is for you.

During the episode I talk about:

  • What destination events are and why they are THE # 1 way to grow your Facebook
  • How you can make money from a destination event
  • 3 steps on how to reach a 10K month from your group

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook Group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Follow up doesn’t have to be a scary phrase. During this episode I break down the top myths about following up with potential clients and why follow up is THE most necessary part of the sales conversation.

I also discuss:

  • Importance of follow up (and when to do it)
  • Why most women don’t follow up
  • Types of follow up in different situations
  • How to follow up in a way that's authentic and genuine

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook Group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of the Like a Boss Podcast, I was joined by Kristin Molenaar who shared how to build a business with less stress. This is a topic that I know everybody needs to hear, regardless of what stage of business you're at.

Let’s dive in!

What do you think is the biggest stress caused in the entrepreneurial world?

“Listening to others’ advice. When I quit my corporate job, I thought that because I was a great employee, I’d be a great entrepreneur. I thought I was becoming an entrepreneur to have all this freedom and design my life but ultimately what happened is I did what everybody else told me to do. It was horrible. So I set out on this other path where I didn’t care what everybody was telling me to do, I just needed to do the thing that's fastest.”

What do you think about people saying… ‘I can do it, so I should do it’?

“When you look at what belongs on the to-do list of an entrepreneur, it's a lot of thinking, a lot of being in a creative space, doing connection work which sometimes requires mindset shifts. So an entrepreneur’s to do list is actually quite short, but it’s the mental stuff that has the most impact. Because of that, many entrepreneurs find it’s much easier to take on the administrative stuff because it feels more tangible.”

What are some of the warning signs of stress overload?

“A lot of times it has to do with some of the technology that we need to do in our business especially with the people at the very beginning stage. People think that they have to know and do all the things and they end up spending hours doing or researching about it. And then they hit a snag and think that they suck as an entrepreneur and will never succeed. Things like that happening in your business that are sending you on this massive roller coaster ride are a huge warning sign. The mental gymnastics isn’t just costing you hours but it's also costing you growth, because you've now stalled everything, you've stalled the important work to get this thing done. The key to reversing these trends is considering how you can keep things simple, or find somebody else to do it for you.”

What would you say to the women dealing with stress in their business right now?

“First step is to eliminate all non essentials. Look at how you are marketing and monetizing your business. Does it align with your heart? Does it align with the way that you show up your zone of genius? And then look at the monetization side.

After you’ve looked at these two things, you need to look at the data. Too often I find that people are stressed out because they're doing too many things. And unfortunately, too many things means not doing one thing deep enough or consistent enough to be successful. There are hundreds of ways to market your business, and all of them can be right if you choose to be consistent enough in them. But if you choose to do too many of them at once, none of them are going to be right because you're not doing it long enough to gather data or figure out how to make it work.”

About Kristin:

Kristin Molenaar is an entrepreneur enthusiast who lives by the mantra “work less, make more” which enabled her to build a 6-figure business while working an average of just 5 hours per week.

Connect with Kristin on LinkedIn.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook Group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I see a lot of people blaming the algorithm for their group’s low engagement.

Sure, the algorithm is always a factor - but that is NOT the #1 reason why your posts aren't being seen.

In this episode I talk about one of the top questions I get - how to create a highly engaged Facebook group that converts to clients.

I discussed:

  • Reasons why engagement in your group is low
  • Types of content that will boost your group engagement
  • How to monetize your group and sell consistently without feeling spammy

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

The clients who can afford you are everywhere. You don’t need a secret code to attract them. Majority of women I work with struggle to find clients who can afford them because they’re so fixated on the wrong people.

As soon as you shift to speaking to the people who are ready to buy now, you’ll stop hearing the money objection. Not forever - it will still come up from time to time - but you’ll hear it a lot less. And your sales conversion rate will be much higher.

During this episode I talk about:

  • Reasons why you attract clients who say they can’t afford you
  • Shifts you can make in your marketing to start attracting people who can actually afford you
  • How to get over your own objections about money so you can help others do the same

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group..
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of the Like a Boss podcast, I’m sharing 10 steps to reach your first $100K in business. Becoming a 6-figure business owner in 2019 was a huge achievement for me and has led to so many amazing things in my life. It led to the purchase of our family’s dream home, it allowed my business to provide for our family when my husband was out of work due to COVID, and it allowed me to hire my first full-time employee.

If getting to $100K is your dream, then this is the episode for you.

Let’s dive in!

Step #1 → Understand WHY you want to reach $100K

A lot of women set big goals, but don’t understand WHY they want the goal in the first place. In order to reach a big goal, you have to know why you want it. You have to be emotionally connected to it. Why is $100K important to you? What will it allow you to do?

Step #2 → Identify your money fears

Making more money is not necessarily a positive thing. Maybe you grew up in a home where making more money was bad. Maybe you’ve seen family members or friends change negatively when they started making more money. You can’t make more money if you’re afraid of it - so to get to $100K you have to address those fears.

Step #3 → Go all in one audience and one offer

I’ve talked about why niching down is important before. Going deep vs. wide allows you to serve your audience in a bigger way and attract clients who are excited to work with you. It also makes you known as an expert in your subject matter. If you’re constantly bouncing around from audience to audience or offer to offer, people will be confused. And when they’re confused, they don’t buy.

Step #4 → Be bolder in your messaging

Lukewarm messaging does nothing for your marketing or business. In order to attract the dream clients, you have to get comfortable with saying bold things. With taking a firm stance. With not trying to be everyone’s best friend. As soon as I got comfortable giving people tough love, I stopped attracting clients who weren’t committed to doing the work or just expected instant results. Which meant my clients got BETTER results and stayed with me longer.

Step #5 → Commit to growing your audience

It’s no secret that my FB group has made me a LOT of money. The reason it’s made me a lot of money is because I committed to growing it. I showed up consistently every day. I offered a ton of value. Growing your audience is like an insurance policy for your business - it guarantees you’ll land clients whenever you want. And that’s true freedom, my friends.

Step #6 → Talk about your offers

If you want to reach $100K, you’re going to have to get really comfortable talking about your offers. The reason most women aren’t comfortable doing this is because they don’t really understand the transformation they offer. They don’t understand how what they do can change someone’s business or life. The sooner you understand your transformation, the sooner you’ll be comfortable sharing your offers.

Step #7 → Manage your mind

You can have the best marketing strategy in the world, but if you’re not managing your mind it means nothing. Our thoughts dictate our actions - which means your thoughts better reflect the $100K goal you’re working toward. Examples of thoughts that lead to $100K: there are plenty of clients for me to serve, people are lucky to work with me, making $100K gets to be easy and fun. Thoughts that WON’T get you to $100K: I have to hustle to land clients, I can’t help my clients get results, I need to undercharge just to land a client, I have to work more hours to make more money, I don’t want people to think I’m salesy.

Step #8 → Put strict boundaries in place

Comparison will not lead you to make $100K. If you want to be a 6-figure business owner, you’d better put boundaries in place around where you hang out, how you spend your time, who you follow, etc. If anyone triggers self-doubt or anxiety, unfollow them immediately. Your mind is the most important business asset you have.

Step #9 → Act like the woman who’s already making $100K

The reason I got to $100K in my business was because I acted like the woman who made $100K. I made decisions from that perspective vs. my current reality. Often those decisions meant investing in things that felt scary. I did things before I felt “ready” because I knew that I would never feel 100% ready. Stop saying that once you reach $100K you’ll invest in the coach you’ve been wanting or you’ll hire a team member. Do it BEFORE you get there because that’s how you get there faster.

Step #10 → Get help

I did NOT get to $100K alone. I’ve invested in my professional growth every single year. I’ve worked with a coach, attended conferences, and invested in programs that would take me to the next level. I also got support from family to help with childcare and hired out for cleaning, etc. I knew I couldn’t do it alone and I didn’t try. Friends, you can’t DIY your way to $100K. Get help with your blind spots and focus on the stuff you’re really good at.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

If your sales don’t match the size of your Facebook group, then this week’s episode is for you.

In this episode, I share:

  • The top reasons why you’re not making sales
  • How to make sales from your group faster
  • The method that we use inside Market Like a Boss to bring in consistent clients every month

If you want to make money from your group this year, then tune in and take notes!

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this episode I’m joined by special guest Fay Dworetsky to talk about how you can position yourself as the go-to expert in your field...no matter how saturated you think your market is.

About Fay:

Fay Dworetsky is the founder and owner of Brandtique. She specializes in helping entrepreneurs build a strong inner brand foundation so they can attract the clients they really want to work with and become a "brand name."

Want more from Fay?

Be sure to check out Fay’s free Workbook.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Would you like to be the go-to expert everyone wants to work with? I'm hosting a FREE 3-day intensive that's designed to help you go from best-kept secret to sought-out expert! Join Become The Authority now.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of the Like a Boss podcast, I’m discussing how to book more sales calls (otherwise known as discovery calls). If you’re not getting clients consistently, I’m willing to bet that it’s because you do not book discovery calls consistently.

Newsflash: if sales and marketing isn’t your thing but if you’re in business and you want to land clients, you have got to get on the phone and talk to people.

Let’s dive in, shall we?

Why do we resist booking discovery calls?

It goes a lot deeper than just not knowing our strategy or not knowing how to offer a call.

I think many women struggle to book discovery calls because they’re afraid of hearing the word ‘no’. We get so defensive, upset and we take it personally. And If you’re someone who ties your identity to your business and your self-worth to your success, hearing a no can actually threaten your identity.

What needs to happen is to re-frame the ‘no’.

‘No’ doesn’t mean they hate you and they don’t want to work with you. A ‘no’ is simply a word, and it just means not right now. It doesn’t have to mean anything about who you are as an expert and how good you are at what you do.

If you can start to shift and re-frame the ‘no’, you’re going to get more comfortable hearing it. In order to shift the fear of hearing the word no and book more sales calls, we need to shift our thoughts and perspective around our beliefs about how many clients are available.

To market the sales calls, you need to get really clear on why someone should hop on a call with you. Talk about the transformation of what’s possible once they get on a sales call with you. Spoiler: it’s almost always clarity and understanding of what their problem really is and how to fix it. People don’t want more calls. They want CLARITY about their problem. They want SOLUTIONS. If you can explain how you’ll deliver that on a sales call, then you’ll book them a lot faster.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This is one of the most vulnerable and emotional episodes of the Like a Boss podcast ever recorded. I’m joined by my past client, Jessie Ford, who made the difficult decision to end her marriage during our time working together.

During the episode, Jessie shares how she dealt with uncertainty in life and how her business supported her through the hardest decision she’s ever had to face. As her coach who supported her through it, I can honestly say that Jessie is the true definition of a provider (even if it’s not in the way she expected).

This episode is ideal if you’ve ever gone through an unexpected situation in life or business and questioned whether you could get through it. It’s raw, honest and transparent…and I can’t wait for you to listen.

About Jessie

Jessie is the the owner + designer behind Untethered, a boutique + bespoke branding and design studio for female founders ready to elevate their business with a professional visual brand and website in a matter of days, so that they can attract their ideal clients and book out their services faster.

Connect with Jessie in her private Facebook group, Branding That Books You Clients.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This week's episode was inspired by a conversation I had with my Sold Out Standard clients during a coaching call.

In it, I talk about how to deal with financial pressure and share practical things and tools on how I handle it.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. If you want support in selling out your offer through your content, join the waitlist for Sold Out Standard.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

My business has grown a lot in the last year. As has my team (I now have a team of 3). Which means I have more capacity than ever before to serve my clients in multiple programs.

During this week's episode, I share the big changes I'm making to my business/offers.

I always want to be transparent about my journey to a million dollars and there are some really important lessons in here for you.

In the episode I cover:

→ BIG changes we’re making to DCA that impact the program moving forward

→ How I approach making changes to my business in light of my million dollar goal

→ Why I’m able to make these changes…and an important lesson for you if you’re tempted to make changes to your business.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. If you want support in selling out your offer through your content, join the waitlist for Sold Out Standard.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I see a lot of women in the online world who understand the importance of testing a strategy, yet they’re not following through on the actual testing.

In this week’s episode, I talk about:

  • Why we're jumping ships quickly
  • Why we're not getting the results we want
  • How to stick with your strategy so you can get the results you desire

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. If you want support in selling out your offer through your content, join the waitlist for Sold Out Standard.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Selling through your content is a necessary skill to become sold out in your business.

In this week's episode we're diving into how you can make more money through your content.

I share:

  • Why most content misses the mark
  • 3 simple tweaks you can make to have people sliding into your DM's asking "how can I work with you?"

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. If you want support in selling out your offer through your content, join the waitlist for Sold Out Standard.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode I talk about why your offer isn't flying off the shelves like hot cakes (and no, it's not because people don't want it!).

During the episode, I chatted about:

  • The 4 reasons why your offer isn't selling like hot cakes
  • The roadmap to becoming sold out

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. If you want support in selling out your offer through your content, join the waitlist for Sold Out Standard.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode I tackle the dreaded fear of being salesy.

Let's face it: this fear has been sabotaging your success. It's been whispering in your ear, convincing you to keep your amazing offers hidden away. It's time to break free from its grip and unleash your selling prowess.

Imagine the possibilities once you conquer this fear. No longer will you shy away from sharing your incredible offers with the world. No longer will you let promising leads slip through your fingers, fearful they might think you're just trying to sell them.

And let's not forget the fear of annoying your audience by promoting your offers too often. We'll put that fear to rest too in this episode!

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Marketing entitlement is one of the biggest killers of motivation. When you allow entitlement to take over, you are not in a place where you are growing.

In this week’s episode, I talk about why you're not entitled to clients.

You’ll learn:

  • What marketing entitlement means
  • How marketing entitlement shows up
  • How you can address it so that you don’t feel entitled to get clients

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

"It's hard to get clients on social media."

I know you're hearing the same messages I am.

Social media strategies that worked before aren't working anymore.

People aren't buying the way they used to.

It's harder to get clients.

During this episode I talk about why it feels harder to get clients on social media and dig into what's ACTUALLY happening and what you should focus on vs. what is just a bunch of opinions (that you can feel free to ignore).

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week's episode, I'm taking you behind the scenes of my latest launch for my new program, Sold Out Standard, and talk about why it was so successful.

I discussed:

  • What it means to sell out a program
  • What went into it in terms of strategy
  • The roadblocks I encountered and how I kept going despite them

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

People are still buying, but they don’t want getting on sales calls just to be sold to.

They want to feel seen, heard and understood.

In this week’s episode, I talk about selling the sales call and share actionable steps on how you can do that.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by special guest Payton Moran to talk about changing your relationship with money and identifying the money roadblocks that are getting in the way of you making more of it.

Tune into the episode to hear:

  • The top 3 money beliefs that are holding us back
  • How to work through the money roadblocks
  • How to create safety in your business

About Payton:

Payton is a mom of 2, podcaster, and money mindset mentor! She helps entrepreneurs shift out of scarcity mindset, so they can build an abundant business in alignment with who they are. She is the host of Wired for Wealth podcast, where she turns the money conversation conscious.

Want more from Payton?

Connect with Payton on Instagram and be sure to check out her podcast, Wired for Wealth.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Are you holding back from selling because you’re afraid of hearing “no”?

In this week’s episode, I talk about choosing not to sell because we’re afraid to hear “no”.

I chatted about:

  • What a “no” actually means
  • Shifting your beliefs around “no’s”

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Want help selling your offer consistently? Accelerate Your Offer will help you create an offer you feel confident in (and that others want to buy).
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

We all want guarantees. Guarantees that whatever platform we choose or strategy we implement will work. That we'll see clients (and money) pouring in.

During this week’s episode I talk about how you actually CAN guarantee that a strategy will work (but not in the way you think).

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Would you like an offer that sells like hotcakes? I'm hosting a 5-day workshop that's designed to help you sell your offer with ease. Join now.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I hear a lot of women saying they have the wrong audience. They hear crickets when they post about their offer, or they keep hearing people say they can't afford to work with them.

In this week's episode I talk about how to find clients who can afford you and share why you're not attracting those people in the first place.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

The biggest challenge we all face in getting clients is attaching our value and self-worth to whether we sign them or not.

In this week’s episode I talk about how to separate your self-worth from how many clients you get this month or how much you have in your bank account.

I discussed:

  • Why we attach ourselves to getting clients
  • How to detach your self-worth from getting clients
  • Redefining what success is

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. I'm hosting a 5-day workshop that's designed to help you sell your offer with ease. Join Accelerate Your Offer today.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by special guest Justine McDonald to talk about what to do when it feels like your strategy isn’t working and the reality of marketing in today’s world.

We chatted about:

  • Why strategies don’t work
  • What to do when you feel like what you’re doing isn’t producing results
  • How to stay the course and not get distracted by shiny objects

About Justine:

Justine McDonald is business coach for women, speaker, Marketing Instructor and author of the Mama's Got Goals planner. After a decade working in corporate marketing, she decided to take her knowledge of building small business brands and help woman create freedom based businesses. She's been recognized in national publications and most recently created a custom planner with Jillian Harris for her Jilly Academy Box.

Want more from Justine?

Connect with Justine on Instagram and be sure to check out her website.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by special guest Yvonne Reese to talk about whether you should share your prices before the sales call.

This topic was inspired by a post I shared inside my Facebook group and I’m bringing in Yvonne, who is one of the members in my community, to share her perspective. While Yvonne and I don’t see eye to eye on every aspect of this conversation, we had great open dialogue about it (the world is boring when we all agree anyway).

Tune into the episode to hear:

  • Our thoughts on whether you should share prices ahead of time and why
  • What to do when a potential client asks about the price ahead of time
  • How to shift our mindset about selling

About Yvonne:

Yvonne Reese is a 30-year sales veteran who believes in selling by understanding the buyer's personality through their questions. She's the go-to person for what to say and how to say it, and has started her own Sales Conversation Coaching podcast and business to help others improve their sales conversation skills. Yvonne's approach emphasizes genuine curiosity followed by clarifying to build true connection. Yvonne's coaching provides practical and repeatable steps that help individuals improve their sales skills, get out of their head, and start serving their clients with love and passion.

Want more from Yvonne?

Connect with Yvonne on Instagram and join her Facebook group Mastering Your Sales Conversations.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by special guest Erin Trusner to talk about all things Instagram and how we should be approaching creating content on that platform.

We chatted about:

  • Erin’s thoughts and perspective on the changes that Instagram has gone through
  • How should business owners be thinking about and approaching Instagram
  • What metrics we should be paying attention to
  • What types of content should we be sharing (and how much)
  • How to build relationships and cultivate an audience

About Erin:

Erin Trusner (Truhs-ner) Fischer is on fire for helping small businesses find their brand identity and use it to grow, scale and optimize from every angle. She teaches her clients and students how to harness the power of branding and thread it through their entire business aesthetic. Erin works both 1:1 with branding clients and has an e-course suite for those who want lifetime access to her tips and training. She's Oklahoma born and raised and adores working with her nationwide client base from the comforts of her farmhouse office, always with a border collie at her feet.

Want more from Erin:

Connect with Erin on Instagram, Facebook and TikTok.

Check out Erin’s e-course suite, Business: Engage and branding package options.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Want to get a new client this month? Grab a copy of our 30 Days to New Clients calendar! Each day has one step you can take to sign a client (in 60 minutes or less). Download it for free.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Do you struggle to turn off your brain?

Are you always thinking about your business…even when you’re with your family?

This week I’m joined by special guest Sarah Allred to talk about how to stop thinking about your business 24/7.

We chatted about:

  • What keeps us thinking about our business 24/7
  • How to design the life you want
  • How to set boundaries so you’re not always working
  • Why now is the best time to be in business

About Sarah:

Sarah Grace Allred is Disrupting Marketing. The world is marketing to women using masculine strategies. This does not work. Her brand, VictressTM Marketing addresses 72% of buyers, which are women, and helping businesses connect with women in a real, authentic way.

With a Top 30 Business Podcast on Apple iTunes, her greatest accomplishment is building her empire while maintaining a strict 12-hour work week that celebrates FRIDAYS off to swim with her kids. Sarah is a highly sought after Strategy Coach with clients from all over the world.

Using Sarah’s unique Victress Marketing system, clients are able to escape “salesy” marketing strategies, spend less time at the computer, and grow their business in a way that lets them take Friday’s off. In fast, MOST of Sarah’s clients work less than 12 hours a week!

Sarah Grace is determined to help women in business dominate in without “The Typical Grind”, and without sacrificing their family, faith, or integrity. Sarah is living proof that if there was ever a time where women could “have it all” - that time is now. Sarah has been married to Greg for 14 years, is a mother to 4 kids, and is thrilled to have the chance to show you exactly how to make this happen for you - starting today.

Want more from Sarah?

Connect with Sarah on Instagram and Facebook.

Check out Sarah’s workshop, 2X your Revenue!

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join my FREE event, Motherhood & Marketing. We’re going to talk about ALL things business, marketing and being a mom.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This week I’m joined by special guest Jill O'Boyle to talk about firing your inner self critic and not allowing it to drive the bus.

We chatted about:

  • Where inner self critic comes from
  • How inner critic shows up for business owners
  • How to look at inner critic in a new way
  • What to do when inner critic creeps up

About Jill:

Jill O’Boyle is a High Performance Coach, Author, Speaker and Host of the “Your Life Your Story – Rise Up” Podcast. She specializes in Communication, Productivity, and Purpose.

As a time-management expert, Jill helps high-achieving busy professional women shift from working 70+ hours per week and burned out to maintaining a 40-hour work week, getting more done in less time and reigniting passion, freedom, and abundance in all areas of their life.

She understands because she’s been there, and she knows the path forward to reach massive results in getting your time and joy back in both your professional and personal life.

Want more from Lindsey?

Be sure to check out Jill’s book, Intuitive Goddess, podcast and website.

Connect with Jill on Instagram.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join my FREE event, Motherhood & Marketing. We’re going to talk about ALL things business, marketing and being a mom.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Running a business on social media can be overwhelming. I’ve seen some business owners closing their businesses down because of the burnout.

During this week’s episode, I’m joined by my long term client Lindsey White to talk about how to juggle running a business on social media without burning yourself out.

We chatted about:

  • The cost of running a business on social media
  • How to avoid burnout
  • Practical tips to preserve your sanity and grow your business on social

About Lindsey:

Lindsey White helps entrepreneurs expand their online presence and reach the audience that they don’t have the time to find. She helps them reach their dream clients, shows their audience that they're the expert, and guides people to wanting to work with them!

Want more from Lindsey?

Be sure to check out Lindsey's Facebook group, Instagram and website.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we’ve ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It’s completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by special guest Theresa Harp to talk about mom guilt and how to deal with it so you can show up in the best way possible in your personal life and in business.

We discussed:

  • Where mom guilt comes from
  • Why mom guilt happens
  • Practical ways to deal with guilt

About Theresa:

Theresa Harp is a military spouse, mother of four, and owner of The Time Tamers, where she provides 1:1 coaching for busy moms who want to take back control of their time in their home and in their business so they can have better work-life harmony.

Want more from Theresa?

For anyone interested in learning more about how Theresa can help them take back control of their time, book a free consult.

Be sure to check out Theresa’s Facebook group and podcast.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we’ve ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It’s completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by special guest Sandy Grigsby to talk about tackling self-doubt and lack of confidence.

We chatted about:

  • Where self-doubt and lack of confidence starts
  • How self-doubt and lack of confidence show up in business
  • How self-worth and procrastination tie together
  • Tools to boost your confidence

About Sandy:

Sandy Grigsby is one of the world’s top personal branding image experts. She shares the most dynamic tool you can develop to improve your personal brand and online image instantly – confidence!

As a TEDx and international speaker, Sandy has spoken before tens of thousands of people on radio, tv, magazines, podcasts, and stages all over the globe. Her experience includes over 20 years of online personal brand development and personal branding photography.

Author of I Am Who I Am, an illustrated book teaching self-worth and confidence, Sandy is also the founder of Briofive, a boutique personal branding studio, and creator of Confidence Jam, a program to develop one’s confidence, self-worth, and personal brand.

Voted one of the top speakers and branding experts amongst well recognized industry leaders, Sandy will connect with your audience and leave them feeling inspired, energized, and empowered.

Want more from Sandy?

Be sure to check out Sandy’s website and podcast.

Connect with Sandy on Facebook and Instagram.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join my free live workshop, How to Stay Consistent in Your Marketing. 5 simple tips to help you show up & get clients no matter what life throws at you.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’ve heard a lot of people in the online world talking about how hard it is to get clients these days.

So I decided to weigh in.

During this episode, I talk about:

  • My perspective about marketing and selling
  • Whether selling is harder (and which parts actually ARE harder)
  • How you should approach marketing in 2023

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join my free live workshop, How to Stay Consistent in Your Marketing. 5 simple tips to help you show up & get clients no matter what life throws at you.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I talk about the 5 lies keeping you from getting clients and making money. These are the lies that I have seen in the online space and that I personally experienced as well.

I discussed:

  • Why these lies are coming up
  • How they impact our results
  • How they show up in our actions

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join my newest event, Show Up Like a Boss. It’s a live coaching event to help you get out of your own way & get clients faster.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I talk about putting yourself in a position to hear no.

I chatted about:

  • Why we’re afraid to hear ‘“no”
  • How to get more comfortable with a “no”
  • Steps to take on how to put yourself in a position to hear no

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we’ve ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It’s completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

We've reached 200 episodes! Thank you so much for your support of the podcast.

I want to celebrate this milestone by doing something special. I'm joined by my husband Tim for a special tell-all interview.

During this interview we’ll spill the tea on:⁣

→ My husband’s honest reaction to me starting my business⁣

→ The things he’s struggled with most over the years⁣

→ His perspective of how the business has changed our family⁣

→ His thoughts on my first big business investment

→ How we've approached communication about schedule changes, kids, etc.⁣

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we’ve ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It’s completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Hitting slow periods in business can be scary. That's when the "what ifs" creep in.

“What if business doesn't pick up?”

“What if I don't get any more clients or customers?”

Regardless of what’s happening in the economy or in life, there will be slow periods in business.

In this week’s episode I talk about the steps you can take to manage things when sales are slow.

I also share my perspective on slow periods and how you can avoid creating them in your business.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we’ve ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It’s completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

When my clients come to me frustrated during a launch it's usually because they're hearing a lot of no's.

And one statement drives them crazier than anything else.

“I can’t afford it”.

They spin themselves into a cycle of worry and fear...thinking that their launch is a failure, that they're reaching the wrong people, etc.

What if the people saying "I can't afford it" actually ARE ideal clients?

And what if you knew how to handle that objection with ease and calm.

When you know how to address the money objection, you will get to the heart of what’s really behind it and therefore you’ll know how to address other objections.

In this episode I talk about:

  • The truth about money objections (and what they mean about the person giving them)
  • Why we hear the money objections
  • Practical tips on how to respond when someone says they can’t afford to work with you. (spoiler: this does NOT involve telling them to take out a second mortgage or max their credit cards).

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we’ve ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It’s completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I noticed that the online space has given selling a bad name.

Business involves selling no matter how you feel about it.

In this week’s episode I talk about how you can embrace selling instead of fighting against it.

During this episode I talk about:

  • What holds us back from selling more
  • Why we need to sell more
  • Things I've learned over the years about selling

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we’ve ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It’s completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This week’s episode was inspired by a lovely conversation that I had with one of my DCA clients.

In it I talk about hard things in business and why hard doesn't necessarily mean wrong or bad.

The online world has demonized hard work. If something feels hard it must not be “aligned.”

When in reality, business requires hard things.

I discussed:

  • Different types of hard
  • Benefits of doing the hard things in business
  • Why hard is a sign you’re on the right track

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we’ve ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It’s completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Content alone does not generate quality leads.

Too many women are relying on their own content creation (including reels and videos) to bring in fresh leads without seeking out those leads organically.

In this episode I talk about why content alone does not generate quality leads and share how you can get more quality leads.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join our newest event, Accelerate Your Leads and learn how to get high-quality leads in 7 days (and land your next client)!
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This week's episode will bring you more certainty, more confidence and more encouragement… something we all need in the online world.

In it I talk about 4 ways you can have certainty in 2023...no matter what happens with the economy and no matter what changes in the online world.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join our newest event, Accelerate Your Leads and learn how to get high-quality leads in 7 days (and land your next client)!
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I've officially crossed 7-figures in total sales since starting my business in 2016.

While I’m all about celebrating every win (big and small), I also want to be super clear what was required of me to even make 7-figures.

That being said, in this episode, I share the top lessons I’ve learned from 7-figures in the last six years.

  • Be your own advocate for your business
  • Be uncomfortable every day
  • Be willing to be vulnerable
  • You will have to handle difficult scenarios
  • Never give up on yourself
  • Sell more
  • Importance of a community
  • Adding another revenue stream
  • Retaining clients
  • Taking risks and be willing to fail
  • Doubts are normal and part of being a human and in business
  • You will outgrow different parts of your business
  • Celebrate everything

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join our newest event, Accelerate Your Leads and learn how to get quality leads who want to pay you!
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

The number 1 on our most listened episodes of 2022 is all about becoming a provider after going through an unexpected situation in life or business.

In this episode, I’m joined by my past client, Jessie Ford, who made the difficult decision to end her marriage during our time working together.

Jessie shares how she dealt with uncertainty in life and how her business supported her through the hardest decision she’s ever had to face. As her coach who supported her through it, I can honestly say that Jessie is the true definition of a provider (even if it’s not in the way she expected).

This episode is ideal if you’ve ever gone through an unexpected situation in life or business and questioned whether you could get through it. It’s raw, honest and transparent…and I can’t wait for you to listen.

About Jessie:

Jessie is the the owner + designer behind Untethered, a boutique + bespoke branding and design studio for female founders ready to elevate their business with a professional visual brand and website in a matter of days, so that they can attract their ideal clients and book out their services faster.

Want more from Jessie?

Connect with Jessie in her private Facebook group, Branding That Books You Clients.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we’ve ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It’s completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Our second most listened to episode of 2022 is all about making consistent sales from your group.

If your sales don’t match the size of your Facebook group or you want to learn how to monetize a group, this week’s episode is for you.⁣

In this episode, I share:

  • The top reasons why you’re not making sales
  • How to make sales from your group faster
  • The method that we use inside Market Like a Boss to bring in consistent clients every month

If you want to make money from your group this year, then tune in and take notes!

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we’ve ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It’s completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

As we close out 2022, we’re doing something fun. We’re running the top 3 most listened to episodes for the year.

Number 3 on our list is all about how to follow up with potential clients like a boss.

In this episode, I breakdown:

  • Importance of follow up (and when to do it)
  • Why most women don’t follow up
  • Types of follow up in different situations
  • How to follow up in a way that’s authentic and genuine

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we’ve ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It’s completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I talk about the #1 thing you need to do to bring in more sales and sign more clients now.

There’s going to be some tough love during this episode…if you want to make more sales without making any changes to your offer or messaging, this is for you.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. If you want to get to 6-figures faster by adding a group program, join the wait list for my mastermind.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by my first ever male guest Jay Razzouk to talk about handling sticky client situations. This episode will empower you and give you tools on how to handle this kind of situation.

In this episode, Jay and I covered:

  • How to not take refund personally and what we should be thinking about refunds
  • How to prevent these challenges
  • How to set boundaries for ourselves

Jay’s take on these topics is so refreshing…and very different than what’s being talked about in the online space. Excited for you to listen!

About Jay:

Jay Razzouk is a corporate attorney and founder of ProSCALE Legal. Jay equips coaches, influencers, and mastermind leaders with the little-known legal strategies and paperwork that they don’t even know they need to scale to 7 figures and beyond.

Want more from Jay?

Join Jay’s free Facebook group, Business Legal Tips for Coaches, Consultants, and Practitioners.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. If you want to get to 6-figures faster by adding a group program, join the wait list for my mastermind. Applications open December 12 to the waitlist only with juicy bonuses (including two extra months inside the mastermind).
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

How do you handle the objection “I need to talk to my spouse”?

This was a hot topic that went down inside my group, Market Like a Boss.

Some say it’s an objection, some say no.

I say yes and no.

In some cases it's not an objection. It's just part of the relationship, which I totally respect and understand (and have been there myself).

That being said, it can also be an objection if the person isn't 100% sold on the offer, is confused by it, on the fence, etc.

In this episode, I want to talk about how to handle this kind of situation…and how to know if it’s REALLY an objection or not.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. If you want to get to 6-figures faster by adding a group program, join the wait list for my mastermind. Applications will open December 12 to the waitlist only with juicy bonuses (including two extra months inside the mastermind).
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This is a special bonus episode in honor of Thanksgiving.

Happy Thanksgiving to those of you celebrating!

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. If you want to get to 6-figures faster by adding a group program as a second revenue stream, join the wait list for my mastermind. Applications will open December 12 to the waitlist only. This is the only way to have a higher level of access to me (with some 1:1 support included).
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Coaches love to tell you about the launches where they made a million dollars overnight and everything worked smoothly.

I'm different.

I'm going to tell you about the times when I don't hit my goals...but also what I learned throughout the process and how I manage to have gratitude no matter what.

Example: we may not have reached our big audacious launch goal the last time we launched the Dream Client Accelerator, but we still made more in one launch than I made in a year with my entry-level job out of college.

That's freaking awesome.

In this episode, I'm taking you behind-the-scenes of our last launch of the Dream Client Accelerator.

I breakdown the details of:

  • How we launch
  • What we learned during this launch
  • How I handle not meeting my goals

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. If you want to get to 6-figures faster by adding a group program as a second revenue stream, join the wait list for my mastermind. Applications will open December 12 to the waitlist only. This is the only way to have a higher level of access to me (with some 1:1 support included).
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’ve been seeing a lot of people talking about how hard it is to get noticed online or organic reach is dead. In this week’s episode, I talk about organic marketing and whether it is dead or alive.

I covered:

  • What marketing really is
  • My thoughts on the algorithm
  • How to get noticed on social media (even if you feel like your market is saturated)

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we’ve ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It’s completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by special guest Jen Rigley to talk about finding confidence to show up live on video.

We chatted about:

  • Why live video is important
  • Why people struggle with going live
  • Practical tips to help drive confidence

About Jen:

Jen Rigley is a former Marketing & Sales Executive who has perfected the art of the pivot, staying positive when facing life's challenges and leading a life of transformation. She is the visionary behind, and creator of, Flourishing Over Fifty, a brand whose soul purpose is to inspire women over fifty through the journey of transformation to live the life of their dreams. She has built this brand from the ground up but ran into a challenge that many of us face ......she had a fear of showing up live on video. And that's a real challenge for today's entrepreneurs.

Want more from Jen?

Check out Jen’s free Self-Care Journey Starter to help you to improve your self-confidence.

Connect with Jen on: Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Youtube

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we’ve ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It’s completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by special guest Valerie Recore to talk about the invisible load that a lot of women are carrying around…and how we all feel strapped for time in business and life.

We chatted about:

  • How the invisible load show up in business
  • Your relationship with time
  • How you can have more time for the things that matter

About Valerie:

Valerie Recore is a productivity specialist, a time giver, and a decision-maker. She works with overwhelmed and overcommitted women. She’s been there. She gets it. She has 2 kids, a husband, her own business, and occasionally a social life. She too has felt like there’s too much on her plate. With a background in mental health and corporate training, she’s ready to guide you toward a better relationship with time.

Want more from Valeerie?

Take Valerie's 60-second fun quiz that will help you start feeling at peace today.

Connect with Valerie on: Instagram, Website

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join the Dream Client Accelerator and get access to our 60-day challenge to help you reach a $10K month by the end of the year.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’ve been seeing a lot of messages online about how hard it is to get people to buy in this economy.

I disagree.

People are still buying...it's the way they're buying that's changed.

I break it all down in this week's episode of the Like a Boss podcast.

I talk about:

  • The trends I’m seeing in the online world and among my clients
  • The two schools of thought about making money online
  • How things have changed when it comes to sales

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join the Dream Client Accelerator and get access to our 60-day challenge to help you reach a $10K month by the end of the year.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

If you feel pressure right now, you're not alone…

Every year around this time I feel pressure as Q4 kicks off. Pressure to hit a certain goal or to set myself up for success next year.

I chatted about:

  • Why we tend to feel pressure during this time of year
  • The pressures that I'm facing currently and how I deal with them
  • What you can do when you experience pressure in your business

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join us inside Sporadic Sales to Stable Six-Figures. It’s your ticket to a 6-figure business that brings financial freedom.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by special guest Michelle Purta to talk about what to do when your spouse isn’t supportive of your business. This is a topic that I rarely see covered in the online space, but a lot of women deal with. My hope is that this interview will give you encouragement and courage to continue moving forward with your dream without sacrificing your relationship.

In the episode, Michelle and I covered:

  • Why spouses aren’t supportive (it’s not what you think)
  • How to handle difficult conversations about business with your spouse
  • Tips to help your spouse feel seen and heard

About Michelle:

Michelle Purta is a married mom of 3 and a life and marriage coach for moms. She helps moms have less arguments and have more fun in their marriage.

Want more from Michelle?

Connect with Michelle on her Facebook group and Instagram.

Check out Michelle’s podcast, Marriage & Motherhood.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. If you want financial freedom in your business, join Sporadic Sales to Stable Six-Figures. You’ll get a roadmap to the exact steps for making money in your business every month…all the way up to 6-figures.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we’ve ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It’s completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This week’s episode is all about taking you from a place where sales are sporadic to a place where you can have stability and make 6-figures in your business.

I chatted about:

  • Why so few women reach 6-figures
  • How do we move into a place where we can have more stability and a business that brings financial freedom
  • My BIG announcement for how I’m supporting you with this!

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join us inside Sporadic Sales to Stable Six-Figures. It’s your ticket to a 6-figure business that brings financial freedom.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by special guest Michelle Fernandez to talk about how to get more visibility online.

We chatted about:

  • Michelle’s honest take on algorithm and how people should be thinking about algorithm
  • How to drive more traffic to your audience
  • How to know if you’re ready to start running ads

About Michelle:

Michelle Fernandez is a Facebook & Instagram Ads Strategist, a Funnel Expert, and Speaker.

For years, Michelle helped run the social media accounts of major influencers using strategic organic marketing strategies. But noticing the ever-evolving limitations of organic growth - she realized that her organic efforts would need to be amplified by highly converting ads!

So - Michelle poured countless hours into mastering the art of paid advertising and has now shifted her focus entirely to ad and funnel strategy for everyone from local small businesses to multiple 7-figure business owners - spending hundreds of THOUSANDS of dollars on ads each month at her boutique marketing agency.

Michelle loves the strategizing process that takes place PRIOR to running ads and specializes in helping her clients get crystal clear on their brand identity, messaging, and funnel strategy - so they get the maximum ROI from their ad spend. She knows how to combine the most powerful organic strategies, funnel strategies, and ad strategies to get her clients 6 figure launch results without a 6-figure ad-spend.

Want more from Michelle?

Download Michelle’s guide to The 3 Components of a Highly Converting Funnel

Connect with Michelle on: Instagram

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join us for the Sporadic Sales to Stable Six-Figures. It’s a 3-day virtual retreat that will give you the roadmap to a 6-figure business that creates financial freedom.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we’ve ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It’s completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This is a super special episode because I'm sharing a behind-the-scenes look at a recent coaching call for the Dream Client Accelerator.

In it I give some hard and tough love about:

  • Why your offer isn't the problem (and your lack of selling is)
  • The thought of "I need to do more" and why that's so dangerous to your marketing

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Save the date for Sporadic Sales to Stable Six-Figures. It’s a 3-day virtual retreat that will give you the roadmap to becoming a stable six-figure business owner so you can give your family the life they deserve.
  2. If you want the fastest, simplest path to signing clients online using one strategy, join the Dream Client Accelerator.
  3. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode I’m joined by special guest Heather Chauvin to talk about the lie of easy.

Let’s face it - everywhere we look there’s someone talking about how wonderful business is and how they made a million dollars overnight and how everything just feels so IN FLOW and ALIGNED.

Only…what if business doesn’t feel that way? Does that mean you’re doing something wrong?

If you’ve ever asked yourself this question, then you’re going to LOVE my conversation with Heather. We both got super candid on why business isn’t always rainbows and sunshine…and what to do when you’re facing burnout.

We chatted about:

  • Knowing where to focus your marketing efforts
  • How burnout is related to people who aren't feeling free and searching for something outside of themselves
  • Why we get to the point of burnout
  • Our beliefs around manifesting (we drop some tough love here)

About Heather:

Heather is a TEDx Speaker, Author of Dying To Be A Good Mother and host of a highly loved Podcast “Emotionally Uncomfortable” with over 6 million downloads. Heather Chauvin is a leadership coach who helps ‘successful’ women who are ready to courageously and authentically live, work and parent on their own terms. Heather started her career as a social worker helping adults understand children’s behavior. But it wasn’t until her stage 4 cancer diagnosis in 2013 that pushed her to take a deeper stand for change, uncovering how cultural expectations sabotage our dreams. She has been featured in Forbes, Entrepreneur, Real Simple Magazine, Mind Body Green, Google and more. When Heather isn’t working, you will find her living out what she teaches which may include kayaking Alaska, hiking, or anything else that challenges what she believes is possible for herself (and inviting her children along the journey). Life is full of opportunities. It’s time to feel alive.

Want more from Heather?

Take Heather’s Energy Finder Quiz

Connect with Heather on: Facebook, Instagram

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we’ve ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It’s completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’m so excited to be joined by my past client, Lani Jackson, to talk about handling chaos and unexpected things, and dealing with guilt.

We chatted about:

  • Balancing business and managing kids
  • Embracing the season you’re in
  • Mom guilt and setting boundaries
  • Tools to have the flexibility in both business and being with kids

About Lani:

Lani is a Clarity & Strategy Business Coach for mom entrepreneurs. Helping them to create flexible strategies that adjust and move with the chaos of mom life, but still, bring consistent monthly income. Her passion is to help mompreneurs get out of survival mode, release the mom guilt, and create a clear & sustainable plan of action that will help them reach their dreams of flexibility, and freedom with a thriving, highly profitable business.

She is a mom to 6 kids, host of the Brilliant Mompreneurs Podcast, and community leader of the Brilliant Mompreneurs Society.

Want more from Lani?

Get access to Lani’s workshop, Create a Flexible Strategy.

Connect with Lani on: Facebook group, Instagram, Website

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we’ve ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It’s completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Many of you think you have an offer problem. Meaning your offer isn't aligned or it's not what people want and so you need to fix it first and THEN you'll sign more clients.

Or maybe you think the reason you're not getting consistent clients is because of your messaging. If you just find the perfect words to say in the perfect order (or hire a copywriter to do it for you), THEN clients will come beating down your door.

Nope. Doesn't work that way.

Here's the REAL tea that most coaches won't tell you...

When you sit behind-the-scenes and make changes to your offer or messaging, you're missing feedback from a crucial audience.

Your ideal clients.

In this week’s episode, I share why you have a sales problem…and what to do about it.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we’ve ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It’s completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode I’m joined by special guest Ann Keaney to talk about client results and how you can measure progress vs. just focusing on the end results that your clients get in your program.

We chatted about:

  • Trends in client delivery and client success
  • Concept of progress vs. result
  • What client codependency is and how to empower your clients to be independent thinkers and action takers

About Ann:

Coming up from extreme poverty and foster care abuse, Ann found herself a single Mom, living in government housing collecting $363 per month in Food Stamps, to a self-made multiple 6-figure entrepreneur showing women around the world, how to harness their skills and turn their circumstances into opportunity, leveraging the power of social media and human connection.

Leaning on her uncommon ability to create powerful relationships, Ann has spent the last 2 decades scaling her coaching business and working behind the scenes in some of the top leading multi-million dollar coaching companies online, on how to scale their high ticket programs and monetize on social media, by leveraging the power of relationship building and human behavior sales techniques.

Ann is often known as the Straight-Shooting Sales Ninja who 'tells it like it is", helping high achieving, result-driven coaches, and CEOs revolutionize record-breaking financial results, with cutting edge sales strategies, and human connection that simplify the scale and curve conversion time.

Want more from Ann?

Check out Ann's video training on Discover What NOT To Do Inside Your High-Ticket Group Coaching Program

Connect with Ann on: Facebook, Facebook Group, Instagram

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join my brand-new workshop, Sell Like a Boss. This workshop is designed to help you address ANY objections and sell with ease (no high-pressure sales tactics here).
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

True success is never found in protecting what you have.

It’s found in taking risks and being willing to fail.

In this episode, I talk about protecting what you already have vs taking risks and growing your business.

We also chat about how to get to a place where you are truly willing to grow…even if it makes you uncomfortable.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join my brand-new workshop, Sell Like a Boss. This workshop is designed to help you address ANY objections and sell with ease (no high-pressure sales tactics here).
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I went on vacation last month and completely unplugged from my business.

We’re talking everything - no emails, no social media, etc. I even removed the apps from my phone entirely.

I’ve never really done this before. Even before I started my business when I worked in agency and corporate, the definition of “unplugging” during vacation was strapping your phone to your fingertips so you could still check in to email every day.

This was new for me - and if I’m honest, a little nerve wracking. But it was necessary and much needed to be able to have clear, focused time with my family.

And it was amazing. Seriously amazing. Not being on social media for 8 days kept my head clear and gave me so much perspective. It helped me stay rooted in the present and in watching my kids enjoy the beach. I slept better and felt better overall.

My business didn’t fall apart, either. Far from it. My team kept things running while I was out, my clients are celebrating incredible wins and I had an application to work with me 1:1 sitting in my inbox, along with a few messages and emails from people interested in my mastermind opening August 8.

Most importantly, this time away has only inspired me to be even more of an example of what freedom looks like. I want to give every woman the ability to unplug the way I did and still make money. I want to give every woman hope that she can be a provider while being fully present with her family.

In this week’s episode, I talk about how to truly unplug from your business.

I chatted about:

  • What unplugging from your business means
  • Why we don’t unplug
  • Why unplugging is the best thing for your business
  • What unplugging looks like and action steps you need to take

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Apply for my new mastermind and get my support on freeing up your time and growing to 6-figures without any limits on how much money you can make or how many clients you can serve.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by special guest Ryann Dowdy to talk about the journey she’s gone through in “burning” down her business and building something that felt more aligned to her.

We chatted about:

  • The decision that Ryann made and why she made it
  • How to get the courage to make a change
  • How to build trust and confidence in making money

If you’ve ever felt a calling in your heart to make a change in your business, this episode is for you.

About Ryann:

Ryann Dowdy did everything RIGHT in life. She had her dream job, 6+ figure salary, married, kids, and a nice home... and still woke up one day feeling completely unfulfilled. She knew something wasn’t right.

She realized it was because she was chasing a dream that wasn’t hers. As an expert in sales, she created a Facebook community of over 7,000 women looking to follow their dreams of starting a profitable business. Women began joining her sales training program not only for the incredible knowledge and results Ryann brought to the table, but also for the amazing community of empowered women Ryann sought to create.

As she found more success on her journey, Ryann realized she still felt alone and misunderstood by her peers. That’s when she realized SHE herself did not have a community to come as the truest version of herself.

Today, Ryann’s mission is to create a safe space for every woman who has ever been told she’s too much, too picky, too loud, too ANYTHING to come together and be fearlessly themselves.

Want more from Ryann?

Connect with Ryann on: Facebook group, Instagram, Website.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Check out our brand-new vault of the best trainings we've ever done inside of Market Like a Boss. It's completely free and you get instant access the minute you sign up.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Almost every week I’m tagged in a conversation from someone asking my thoughts about FB groups.

I get it - after all, groups are my jam and I’ve made a lot of money from mine.

But here’s what I’m REALLY noticing about those conversations.

A lot of people use those threads as a way to complain about the algorithm. Or that they’re not getting the reach they want. They talk about shutting down their group and moving elsewhere.

There is so much emphasis and pressure placed on a particular social platform. This is a trend I’m seeing across the board - and not just on FB btw. Right now the hot convo on IG is that you can’t be seen and the entire platform is dead unless you use reels.

Yikes.

When did we decide that a social media platform holds all the power for our business? When did we place all our hope and trust in the algorithm?

You can grow a business on ANY platform. You can get clients on ANY platform. No matter what the algorithm is doing. The people who tell you differently are the people who gave their power away long ago and are running frantically from platform to platform trying to grab at straws and get clients.

I don’t know about you, but frantic doesn’t work for me.

Complicated doesn’t either. And that’s exactly what those people are doing - they’re making their marketing more complicated because they believe success and results lie in a platform vs. themselves.

The real question we should be asking is: how can I trust myself to see results and get clients on any platform?

What if I believe I’m capable of success no matter where I hang out on social?

How much more relaxed would we be?

How much more fun would we have in our marketing?

How much simpler would things be?

This is the conversation we should be having. Far more productive than sitting around complaining about the algorithm or acting like the secret for success can be cracked by choosing the “right” platform.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’m so excited to be joined by my past client, Rachel Olstad to talk about simplifying and getting more rest.

We chatted about:

  • Why many moms in business don’t have simplicity
  • The addiction that many people have to being busy
  • Tips for how you can start to shift things if you’re somebody who struggle to find simplicity

About Rachel:

Rachel Olstad is a mom of 3, speaker, author & Life Coach who specializes in helping high achieving women, moms & entrepreneurs remove mental, emotional & physical clutter, rewire their subconscious for success and create organized, peaceful & simplified homes, businesses & lives. She believes that less really is more and her passion is helping women everywhere to live more intentionally & create more time, energy & space for the things that matter most to them.

Want more from Rachel?

Connect with Rachel on: Facebook, Facebook group, Instagram.

Check out Rachel’s free guide, 33 ways to Simplify your Life and her free 1:1 Consultation Call to discuss getting support to declutter, organize & simplify your home, business & life.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join us for a special one-week free event, Accelerate Your Group. We’ll feature stories from our clients who are making money from their groups (and the exact steps they took to get there).
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

One of the biggest barriers to showing up like a boss and having a business you love is letting go.

In this week’s episode, I talk about what you need to let go of to get to the next level of your business and to become the provider for your family. I also share an honest, transparent look at what I’ve had to let go of over the years (and am still letting go of).

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by special guest Jayne Havens to talk about how she’s grown her sleep coaching business to 6-figures and the chances she had to take (while facing criticism from others along the way).

We chatted about:

  • How Jayne became the provider for her family and the challenges she faced along the way
  • How to push fear to the back burner so you can take more risks
  • How to keep going and have that confidence in yourself to pave the way despite not feeling fully supported by the people in your life

About Jayne:

Jayne’s journey began when she was overwhelmed as a new parent, struggling to understand why her son was awake throughout the night. Desperate for answers, she diligently researched sleep strategies. Over time, Jayne applied what she learned, first to her son, and then a few years later, to her daughter. She successfully helped her kids establish good sleep habits very early on – something that didn’t go unnoticed by her friends with children of their own. Word of Jayne’s sleep expertise spread quickly, and she soon found that her guidance was in high demand. She formed Snooze Fest in order to coach and support parents across the country to achieve better sleep for their little ones. Jayne quickly established herself as a leader in the industry, building a strong reputation for both her extensive knowledge and her extraordinary client service. She describes her approach as “client-led,” meaning she coaches families using methods that align with their parenting style and that feel safe and comfortable for them. Jayne believes there is no one-size-fits-all approach when it comes to teaching a child to fall asleep and back to sleep independently. In addition to supporting families through the sleep training process, Jayne also founded Center for Pediatric Sleep Management. Through CPSM, Jayne trains, mentors and certifies others to do this incredibly rewarding work.

Want more from Jayne?

Follow Jayne on Instagram. If you’re interested in learning more about becoming a sleep consultant, join Jayne’s Facebook group.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members in just 30 days!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I see so many women waiting until their business hits a certain point or makes a certain amount of money to be content.

They have this belief that once they arrive, things will feel good and easy.

That couldn’t be further from the truth.

In this episode, I talk about the myth of arriving and how you’ll never truly arrive at your end destination (and why that’s a good thing!)

I discussed:

  • What arrive actually means
  • Reasons why we are waiting to arrive before we allow ourselves to be happy
  • Letting go of the “I have arrived” myth so you can fall in love with your business now

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Book your free Accelerate to 10K call today to help you assess exactly how many clients you need to have a 10K month from your group & discuss the simplest path to getting there.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’m so excited to be joined by my client, Lindsey White to talk about changing your relationship with money. If you have struggled in your relationship with money or what you believe is possible, this episode is for you!

We chatted about:

  • Challenges Lindsey faced around how she views money and what changed
  • What it’s taken to get her to where she is right now
  • How Lindsey’s life has changed as a result of her becoming the provider

About Lindsey:

Lindsey started Magenta Strategies in 2018 with the idea that she could offer her social media marketing knowledge to help other small business owners like herself who don't have the time and/or knowledge to market their own businesses. She helps entrepreneurs expand their online presence, reach an audience full of their ideal clients, and attract high-quality leads!

Want more from Lindsey?

Connect with Lindsey in her private Facebook group, Reaching Your Audience: Organic Marketing for Small Business Entrepreneurs.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. What if you could have a 10K month this summer even with the kids at home? This is exactly what the Summer of Clients workshop is about. It's designed to help you turn up the heat and reach that 10K month you’ve been dreaming of.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. If you want to add 100 new members to your Facebook group in 30 days, join us inside the Accelerate Your Audience bootcamp.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Have you ever felt like burning your business down?

If so, you’re not alone.

Here's the truth: making money in your business and being a provider doesn’t mean that everything always works 100% of the time.

In this week's episode, I'm joined by Megan Huber to talk about what success really looks like…especially after reaching 6-figures.

Megan and I chatted all about:

  • The cost of building a business that makes a lot of money
  • Challenges Megan faced with clients who weren’t getting results
  • What it’s like becoming a new mom and wanting to grow your business at the same time

About Megan

Megan guides smart, serious, high-performance entrepreneurs to structure and deliver transformational group coaching and training programs that provide them with more time freedom, sustainability and profitability.

Want more from Megan?

Check out Megan’s podcast, Built to last. Join Megan’s Free 4-day Group Coaching Mastery Bootcamp.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. What if you could have a 10K month this summer even with the kids at home? This is exactly what the Summer of Clients workshop is about. It's designed to help you turn up the heat and reach that 10K month you’ve been dreaming of.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. If you want to add 100 new members to your Facebook group in 30 days, join us inside the Accelerate Your Audience bootcamp.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I chat with my former client Doreen about embracing hard seasons both in business and life.

We chatted about:

  • Dealing with difficult situations
  • Challenges Doreen has faced in her journey (including the loss of her daughter)
  • How her perspective of being the provider changed from when she was in corporate to now
  • What keeps women from being the provider/ being in control of making money

About Doreen

Doreen is a life coach for female entrepreneurs, helping them take their business and life to the next level using advanced mindset and nervous system techniques. She is also a wife and mom of 4 who talks openly about the loss of her stillborn daughter Harper.

Want more from Doreen?

Check out her podcast Millionaire Mamas in the Making or learn more at www.coachkorba.com

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join us for the Accelerate Your Audience Bootcamp. This bootcamp is designed to help you add 100 dream clients to your group in 30 days. Adding the right members to your group will not only boost engagement, but will also lead to repeatable income each month.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review

View Details

This week’s episode is a bit controversial… especially if you've grown up in the church.

I’m joined by my client Erin Kay as we dive into the topic of Christian women & wealth.

We discussed:

  • Whether Christian women should be wealthy
  • What the Bible has to say about money
  • How you can start to feel comfortable receiving money in your business
  • Mom guilt & the desire NOT to stay home with the kids

About Erin

Erin Kay is a certified Christian health coach, licensed social worker and married (15 years) mother of four. Relatable and biblical, Erin shares real-life experiences leading to simple shifts, where women tame the overwhelm and reignite their passion toward their God-given purpose.

Be sure to check out Erin’s Complimentary goal setting bundle.

Connect with Erin

@erinkaycoaching

@whollyhealthychristianmoms

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join us for the Accelerate Your Audience Bootcamp. This bootcamp is designed to help you add 100 dream clients to your group in 30 days. Adding the right members to your group will not only boost engagement, but will also lead to repeatable income each month.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This is one of the most vulnerable and emotional episodes of the Like a Boss podcast ever recorded. I’m joined by my past client, Jessie Ford, who made the difficult decision to end her marriage during our time working together.

During the episode, Jessie shares how she dealt with uncertainty in life and how her business supported her through the hardest decision she’s ever had to face. As her coach who supported her through it, I can honestly say that Jessie is the true definition of a provider (even if it’s not in the way she expected).

This episode is ideal if you’ve ever gone through an unexpected situation in life or business and questioned whether you could get through it. It’s raw, honest and transparent…and I can’t wait for you to listen.

About Jessie

Jessie is the the owner + designer behind Untethered, a boutique + bespoke branding and design studio for female founders ready to elevate their business with a professional visual brand and website in a matter of days, so that they can attract their ideal clients and book out their services faster.

Connect with Jessie in her private Facebook group, Branding That Books You Clients.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join us for the Accelerate Your Audience Bootcamp. This bootcamp is designed to help you add 100 dream clients to your group in 30 days. Adding the right members to your group will not only boost engagement, but will also lead to repeatable income each month.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’m joined by a special guest on today’s episode – Julie Lamb. Julie is a licensed therapist and life coach that helps individuals break through their own internal glass ceilings that stop them from reaching the next level in their business and career.

Her business has allowed her to not only show her daughters what is possible, but also allowed her to "retire" her husband from corporate America even during the pandemic. Her goal is to show others that the goals they want to achieve are possible and even able to exceed their own expectations.

Julie and I talked about building a business your way and working through imposter syndrome. No matter where you’re at in your business, I guarantee you’ll have more trust in yourself after listening to this interview.

We discussed:

  • Finding the solution inside of yourself vs looking for it in others
  • Challenges Julie has faced along the way
  • Guilt that all moms feel for building a business

Connect with Julie on Facebook and Instagram. Download Julie’s workbook on ways to eliminate imposter syndrome.

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join us for the Accelerate Your Freedom challenge. All this week we’re creating groups that will bring you clients on demand…anytime, anywhere. If you’ve ever even thought about starting a Facebook group, this is for you.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members in just 30 days!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’m thrilled to have Stacy Tuschl on this week’s episode of the Like a Boss podcast. Stacy started her own business at the age of 18 in her parents' backyard and turned that company into a multi-million dollar business she still runs today. She is a bestselling author, and founder of the Foot Traffic Formula - helping small businesses around the world get more customers in the door.

Stacy and I talked about the inside of her multiple 7-figure business. If you want to get the behind the scenes look at what it's like to run a company of this magnitude and still be a present mom, this episode is for you.

We discussed:

  • What it’s taken to get her to where she is right now
  • Challenges she faced along the way
  • Misconceptions that people have about 7-figure business owners

Connect with Stacy:

Instagram Facebook LinkedIn Website Podcast

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Join us for the Accelerate Your Freedom. This FREE 5-day challenge is designed to help you create an online community that brings you clients on demand…anytime, anywhere.
  2. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members in just 30 days!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Welcome to the Like a Boss Podcast! I’m so excited that you’re here! I want this podcast to be a place where I can talk more about being in control of getting clients and making money anytime. Every week I’ll be sharing my story and will also feature women who have stepped into the role of the provider in all areas of their business and life.

I want this first episode of the Like a Boss podcast to focus on courage. It takes a lot of courage in order to be a provider, and I don’t see people talking about that.

In this episode, I talk about finding courage to become a provider. I also discussed:

  • What happens as you start wanting more success
  • What it looks like to be a provider
  • How to find courage to go against the grain and follow a more non-traditional path in life

Connect with me outside the podcast!

  1. Continue the conversation in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group.
  2. Book a free Passive to Power call with my team to figure out what’s standing in your way of getting clients & making money anytime you want.
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members in just 30 days!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This episode is all about the BIG changes that we are making to the Market Like a Boss podcast moving forward. Here are the deets…

I’ve had this podcast for nearly four years and I have felt like I have outgrown the topic. I’m so much more than a marketing coach. I’m a business coach helping women reach 6-figures in their business. And not because they just want more money…it’s because they want to be the provider for their family. And I want to support them in that.

With that being said, we are going to relaunch the podcast under a new name. We’re dropping the Market and it will now be called the Like a Boss podcast. Every week I will feature women who have stepped into the role of the provider in all areas of their business and life. We’ll have honest, open conversations about what it means to be the provider, how they got there, and the challenges along the way.

I want Like a Boss to inspire every woman who listens to step up and BE the provider. I want her to feel confident, empowered, fulfilled and in control of how she makes money. If this podcast plays a small role, then I’ll have done my job.

Thank you for being on this journey with me. We’ll return with new episodes in the coming weeks. In the meantime, feel free to binge on all your favorites!

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Want to be a guest on the podcast? Fill out this form.
  2. Join us for the Accelerate Your Offer. This 5-day workshop is designed to help you create an offer that you can sell with ease.
  3. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook group.
  4. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make a $10K month from your Facebook group!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’m seeing so much pressure and expectations online. So many women are trying to keep up with every single strategy out there. They’re adding more offers, more launches, more platforms, etc. etc.

What if you don’t need more to reach your goals? What if you can get there by just focusing on one thing?

In this episode, I talk about:

  • The Power of One and what it means for your business
  • What will REALLY get you to a $10K month faster
  • How you can stay the course and not follow every shiny object out there

If you want more simplicity in your business and faster results, this episode is for you.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook group.
  2. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make a $10K month from your Facebook group!
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members in just 30 days!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I've been tagged in several posts with people asking whether Facebook groups are dead. In this episode I shared why I don’t believe groups are dead and why my team has gone ALL IN on groups.

I also discussed:

  • Reasons why people are asking whether groups are dead
  • How groups have changed over the years
  • How we should be approaching groups as a marketing strategy in 2022

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook group.
  2. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make a $10K month from your Facebook group!
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members in just 30 days!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

If your sales don’t match the size of your Facebook group, then this week’s episode is for you.

In this episode, I share:

  • The top reasons why you’re not making sales
  • How to make sales from your group faster
  • The method that we use inside Market Like a Boss to bring in consistent clients every month

If you want to make money from your group this year, then tune in and take notes!

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook group.
  2. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make a $10K month from your Facebook group!
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members in just 30 days!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

January was my first 50K+ month.⁣

What's interesting is that it was also one of the hardest months I’ve had personally. Our family was sick for most of the month and I also didn't have childcare for the first half. I felt like things were super chaotic behind-the-scenes almost every day. Yet my business was still able to run and gross my highest revenue month ever.

In this episode, I share a behind-the-scenes look at how I got to a 50K month despite all the unexpected curveballs life threw my way.

I also share:

→ How to keep going in your business when the kids get sick, schedules are thrown off, nannies quit, etc.

→ What happened last year that led to me getting to a 50K month in the first month of the New Year

→ The truth about low and high revenue months (that most coaches won’t tell you)

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook group.
  2. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make a $10K month from your Facebook group!
  3. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members in just 30 days!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I see so many women changing up their offers based on other people’s opinions, or creating a new one because they’re questioning whether their offer is good enough.

In this episode I talk about why your offer is good enough as it is right now (and yes, that includes the price).

I also discussed:

  • How to know if your offer is truly good enough or needs some work
  • What good enough looks like
  • The mental drama that might be coming up for you around sharing your offer

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. If you want to be one of the 100 women we're committed to helping reach $10K months using their groups, then join the Dream Client Accelerator now.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook group.
  3. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make a $10K month from your Facebook group!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

$10K months aren’t really about the money. A $10K month represents freedom. Freedom to make a lot of money doing what you love. That’s why it’s such a massive milestone for so many women. It’s also why I’m passionate about helping women get to a $10K month using their Facebook group (in fact, I’ve got a big scary goal of helping 100 women do that this year).

Here’s the thing, though. $10K months are nice and all, but how do you ACTUALLY get there? This is the question that so many women have and I decided to break it down for you in this week’s episode. I had some of the lovely ladies in the Market Like a Boss group submit their questions about $10K months and now I’m answering them live.

Here are the questions I answered:

  • What is the biggest difference between consistent 5K months and consistent 10K months? How do you manage that day to day?
  • Do I have to spend countless hours on social media to attract my ideal client?
  • How to get to 10K months from zero?
  • At what point did you hire help in your journey? What did that look like for you?

In this episode you’ll uncover what is necessary to reaching a $10K month…and what you can leave behind. It’s going to feel SO simple when you hear the path to getting there - and I hope you’ll channel that simplicity into reaching your own $10K month this year.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. If you want to be one of the 100 women we're committed to helping reach 10K months using their groups, then join the DCA now.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook group.
  3. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make a $10K month from your Facebook group!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Nearly every client I have has told me how overwhelmed they feel…and we’re only two weeks into 2022! That’s why I’m so excited to be joined by special guest Megan Sumrell, a Time Management and Productivity Coach for women seeking work and life harmony. Megan teaches specific strategies to help women get on top of their time, calendar and goals while getting rid of stress, overwhelm, and exhaustion. She dropped so many juicy nuggets in this episode on how to think about time differently and I know you’re going to LOVE it!

In this episode Megan and I chatted all about:

  • Why women everywhere are feeling tapped out
  • The expectations we have about our time that are hurting us
  • Megan’s 5-step process to time management from the “bottom up”
  • How to deal with uncertainty in your life

and so much more!

Want to connect with Megan? Follow her on Instagram and Facebook, and check out her FREE Ditch the Overwhelm cheat sheet.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Join us inside the Market Like a Boss group where we talk all about putting you in the driver’s seat of when and how you get clients for your business.

  2. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make a $10K month from your Facebook group!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’ve been noticing lately that a lot of people are talking about not seeing the engagement they want inside their Facebook group. It’s frustrating to feel like no one's seeing your content - especially since you want your group to be your main source of clients.

In this episode my Client Success Manager Lauren and I chat about why your group engagement has decreased and share our best practices to shift the momentum in your favor.

We discuss:

  • Why people put too much pressure on engagement in their group
  • Top reasons why you’re not seeing engagement in your group
  • How to shift your approach in creating and putting out content

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Join us for the Accelerate Your Audience Bootcamp. This bootcamp is designed to help you add 100 dream clients to your group in 30 days. Adding the right members to your group will not only boost engagement, but will also lead to repeatable income each month.
  2. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make a $10K month from your group!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Follow up doesn’t have to be a scary phrase. During this episode I break down the top myths about following up with potential clients and why follow up is THE most necessary part of the sales conversation.

I also discuss:

  • Importance of follow up (and when to do it)
  • Why most women don’t follow up
  • Types of follow up in different situations
  • How to follow up in a way that's authentic and genuine

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Join us for the Accelerate Your Audience Bootcamp. It’s a 30-day bootcamp that will help you get your first (or next) 100 dream clients in your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make money from your Facebook group & get you on the path to 6-figures!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This is a super special episode because I’m releasing a recording of one of my favorite workshops...Best Month Ever. This is a workshop I ran in December of last year talking about how you can make January your best month ever.

The reason I’m sharing this workshop is because I want you to know that you get to decide how 2022 kicks off. You get to decide what your year looks like. I want you to kick off the year with energy and momentum because how you show up in January will dictate how the rest of your year goes.

In this episode I talk about:

  • How to reverse engineer your way to your biggest cash month
  • Exact steps you need to make January your best month ever in business (regardless of what last month looked like)
  • How to get your mind on board and remove any beliefs or doubts about your ability to have your biggest month ever

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members in just 30 days!
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make money from your Facebook group & get you on the path to 6-figures!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This is the LAST podcast episode of 2021!! In it I breakdown the lessons I’ve learned this year. In full transparency, this is the first year in my business that I have not doubled my revenue. It was a year of slowing down to move faster, and that was not easy for this self-professed type A control freak. There is so much that I learned and took action on this year that has nothing to do with the revenue I’m making in 2021 but has everything to do with the direction I’m going in 2022 and beyond.

2021 Learnings:

  • Not every year is going to build on the year prior
  • Slow growth is important
  • Importance of going all in on one thing and doing less
  • Importance of relying on others
  • Failure is essential for growth
  • To expect the unexpected
  • Prioritizing impact more than revenue
  • Going all in on what feels best for you
  • New isn’t necessarily bad
  • Messy will still get results

I'm opening up two 1:1 coaching spots in 2022! These don’t come around often, so if you’ve been thinking about working with me 1:1 this is your chance. This is for you if you are an ambitious action-taker who’s reached a $10K month before, but wants to make it repeatable. Maybe you’re at capacity with 1:1 clients and you’re not sure how you can reach a 10K month every month. Maybe you wish your sales conversion were higher so you could close clients more consistently on calls. Or maybe you wish you had a plan to make the most of the content inside your Facebook group so you can have clients coming to you. Either way, I’ll work with you over 6 months to help $10K months become the norm for you every single month. If you want to get first access to the details (and dibs on a spot if it’s the right fit), join my wait list now.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members in just 30 days!
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make money from your Facebook group & get you on the path to 6-figures!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I see a lot of people blaming the algorithm for their group’s low engagement.

Sure, the algorithm is always a factor - but that is NOT the #1 reason why your posts aren't being seen.

In this episode I talk about one of the top questions I get - how to create a highly engaged Facebook group that converts to clients.

I discussed:

  • Reasons why engagement in your group is low
  • Types of content that will boost your group engagement
  • How to monetize your group and sell consistently without feeling spammy

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members in just 30 days!
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make money from your Facebook group & get you on the path to 6-figures!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’m joined by special guest, Erin Harrigan, who is a speaker, coach and focuses on the power of trading in self-reliance for surrender to make God your business partner. As a recovering driver and striver, Erin teaches ambitious women of faith how to redefine hustle and pursue success in God's way to experience freedom from overwhelm, overachievement and under fulfillment.

In this episode Erin and I talk about how to redefine hustle and put God in the front center of your business.

We discussed:

  • Why women attach their self-worth with stuff
  • How to change your definition of hustle (despite what the online world tells you)
  • How to handle when we mess up

Check out the interview I did on Erin’s podcast where I talk about finding freedom in your business and how you can keep God at the center of your business and life.

Want more from Erin? Go and follow Erin on Instagram and download her free guide, 4 Keys to Redefine Hustle.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members in just 30 days!
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make money from your Facebook group & get you on the path to 6-figures!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Everyone talks about the secrets to a 10K month.

All of those "secrets" are usually related to some type of action...post more, talk about the transformation you offer, put out good content, make offers, etc. etc.

But what if there's one main ingredient to reaching a 10K month...and it has nothing to do with the amount of content you put out?

In this episode I talk about that main ingredient and how you can start using it now to reach a 10K month.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members in just 30 days!
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make money from your Facebook group & get you on the path to 6-figures!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

The clients who can afford you are everywhere. You don’t need a secret code to attract them. Majority of women I work with struggle to find clients who can afford them because they’re so fixated on the wrong people.

As soon as you shift to speaking to the people who are ready to buy now, you’ll stop hearing the money objection. Not forever - it will still come up from time to time - but you’ll hear it a lot less. And your sales conversion rate will be much higher.

During this episode I talk about:

  • Reasons why you attract clients who say they can’t afford you
  • Shifts you can make in your marketing to start attracting people who can actually afford you
  • How to get over your own objections about money so you can help others do the same

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members in just 30 days!
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make money from your Facebook group & get you on the path to 6-figures!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

If you want to have a $10K month from your Facebook group in the fastest, simplest way possible, this episode is for you.

During the episode I talk about:

  • What destination events are and why they are THE # 1 way to grow your Facebook
  • How you can make money from a destination event
  • 3 steps on how to reach a 10K month from your group

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members in just 30 days!
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make money from your Facebook group & get you on the path to 6-figures!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Welcome to one of my sassiest episodes! #sassypants

The majority of you are waiting around and complaining that you’re not getting the clients you want. When in reality, YOU’RE the one prolonging the sales process by sitting back and waiting for people to come to you.

During this episode I talk about:

  • The reasons why you’re taking a passive approach to your marketing
  • Why clients don’t reach out directly (even if they’re interested in buying)
  • Actionable steps to put yourself back in the driver’s seat of your marketing

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download Your First 100 Starter Bundle to help you create a Facebook group & add your first 100 members in just 30 days!
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make money from your Facebook group & get you on the path to 6-figures!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

More engagement does NOT mean more clients. In fact, engagement is just one small piece of what leads to clients in your group.

During this episode I talk about why group engagement doesn’t equal clients and shared my take about Facebook’s new rebrand.

I also discussed:

  • What type of engagement you can expect in your group depending on its size
  • Why engagement is not a reliable gauge of how much money you'll make from your group
  • Why you should not be worried about Facebook’s name change (and why Facebook isn’t going anywhere)

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make money from your Facebook group & get you on the path to 6-figures!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’m joined by special guest Erica Ligenza, the host of the THRIVE podcast, author of Caffeinate Your Soul: 52 Monday Mantras, creator of BossPitch™, and blogger behind cominguprosestheblog.com.

In this episode, we talk about how to put a price on what you do. Most women avoid charging what they’re worth because they undermine the real value of their knowledge and what that knowledge means for their clients.

We also discussed:

  • The roadblocks around charging what you’re worth
  • Things to consider when pricing your offer (or raising it)
  • How to negotiate your rate

Follow Erica on Instagram. Want to learn how to effectively monetize your influence through brand partnership? Check out Erica’s online course, BossPitch.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make money from your Facebook group & get you on the path to 6-figures!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

During this episode I share why my team is going all in on groups as our marketing strategy, and why groups are the BEST way to get clients on Facebook.

I also discussed:

  • Why you need a Facebook group
  • How I reached 6,000 members in my group
  • Why people resist having their group be their #1 marketing strategy

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in my Facebook Group.
  2. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make money from your Facebook group & get you on the path to 6-figures!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I believe expectations are the biggest roadblock to success in business. In this episode I talk about why we have certain expectations about business and how to determine whether your expectations are realistic for where you’re at.

I also discussed:

  • What are some of those expectations and how to know if it’s too high or too low
  • How to adjust your expectations
  • How to deal with expectations vs the reality of what’s happening
  • How to run your business with more peace and freedom

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in my Facebook Group.
  2. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  3. Book your Accelerate to 10K call today to help you strategize on how to make money from your Facebook group & get you on the path to 6-figures!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this episode I breakdown my learnings from my last launch for the Dream Client Accelerator.

This is the first time I take you behind-the-scenes of my learnings from a launch and it’s a good one! I share what went well, what didn’t go so well (and how I got in my own head), and what you need to know about consumer buying behavior that will change the way you launch.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in my Facebook Group.
  2. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  3. Book a free Facebook Group audit with my team today to help you gain clarity and direction so that your group can become a client-generating machine!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Let’s be honest..not everything is going to be rainbows and sunshine in your business.

In this episode, I talk about how to navigate a tough week. Even though this was recorded awhile ago, I actually lived out a super tough week last week. Cancelled babysitter, sick kiddos home from school...everything that could fall apart did.

That’s why this episode is so fitting. In it I talk about how to bounce back from difficult seasons or circumstances and how to keep showing up through it all so that your business can get what it needs (without talking from your family).

Tough times happen to all of us. But they don’t mean ANYTHING about your capacity for success in business!

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in my Facebook Group.
  2. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  3. Book a free Facebook Group audit with my team today to help you gain clarity and direction so that your group can become a client-generating machine!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I hear a lot of women considering starting over, doing something different or losing motivation in their business because it no longer feels fun.

What if business isn’t always supposed to be fun?

What if certain aspects of running a business aren’t fun but are necessary to your success?

In this episode, I talk about why business is not always going to feel fun and why it’s completely normal (and what to do about it).

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in my Facebook Group.
  2. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  3. Book a free Facebook Group audit with my team today to help you gain clarity and direction so that your group can become a client-generating machine!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this episode, I talk about why you are already a success regardless of how much money you make or how many clients you get. You don’t need to accomplish more to be worthy of success.

I also discussed:

  • What success REALLY means
  • How you can feel successful right now (no matter what happens)
  • Why more isn’t always better

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in my Facebook Group.
  2. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  3. Book a free Facebook Group audit with my team today to help you gain clarity and direction so that your group can become a client-generating machine!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this episode, I share the behind the scenes look at what I am focused on as I grow my business to 7 figures.

I also talk about control and how it trips us up in our business. I also help you determine where you need to let go of more control in your business.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in my Facebook Group.
  2. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  3. Book a free Facebook Group audit with my team today to help you gain clarity and direction so that your group can become a client-generating machine!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

It’s easy to fall back into the information trap. You can have a ton of information, but if you’re not taking the action to back up that information you are not going to see results.

In this episode, I chatted about how information doesn’t lead to results and how to break free of the "constantly learning" pattern so you can start taking action.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free Facebook Group audit with my team today to help you gain clarity and direction so that your group can become a client-generating machine!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Life and business are intertwined and I see so many women who struggle to keep running their business when life circumstances come across their path.

In this episode I talk about how to manage whatever life throws at you...and still have success in your business.​

I also discussed:

  • How to handle and move forward when life happens
  • How to run a business when you don’t feel like you’re in control
  • How to continue to stand firm as the business owner

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Join us for our brand new bootcamp, Accelerate Your Audience! It's a 21-day bootcamp that will help you get your first (or next) 100 dream clients in your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free Facebook Group audit with my team today to help you gain clarity and direction so that your group can become a client-generating machine!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I see so many entrepreneurs focus all their time and attention on their clients and leave nothing for their own business.

In this episode I talk about why client work shouldn't be #1 and how to make time for your own marketing so your business can grow faster.

I also discussed:

  • What happens in our business when we put our clients as our #1 priority
  • How we can truly treat our business like a client

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Join us for our brand new bootcamp, Accelerate Your Audience! It's a 21-day bootcamp that will help you get your first (or next) 100 dream clients in your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free Facebook Group audit with my team today to help you gain clarity and direction so that your group can become a client-generating machine!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’ve lost count of the number of times I’ve heard clients say, “That was a fluke.”

Some say it after they hit a big milestone month.

Some say it after they land a new client.

Some say it after they sell spots to their program.

Truthfully, this phrase is a protective mechanism. If we say that something was a fluke, then we don’t have to be held responsible when we can’t replicate that success again. It’s also a way to avoid failure - if success was a fluke, then there’s no need to try and go after bigger things and risk failing on a bigger scale.

In this episode I talk about why there are no flukes in business and how to build more trust in your ability to handle whatever comes your way.

Here are some things to consider next time you think something was a fluke:

-- Success is repeatable. Whatever you do can be replicated over and over again...if you look at WHY it was successful. When we put pressure on ourselves to have another big month or land another client, we don’t take the time to look at why we were successful in the first place. We’re in competition with ourselves to prove whether we’re capable of reaching that success again. Success is never a one-time thing. In fact, if you look back over your entrepreneur journey so far, you’ll be able to see WHY you were successful just based on the actions you’ve taken to-date.

-- You are deserving of every single good thing that comes your way. Often women say something was a fluke because deep down they don’t believe they actually deserve the good thing that came their way. It feels uncomfortable to be successful. Instead of looking at why you don’t deserve it...how about looking at why you do? What evidence do you have to show that you deserve the success that came your way and that you worked hard for it?

-- Failure is an important part of business. It’s a necessary part. You can’t avoid failure by saying something is a fluke. It doesn’t make you any safer from failure or any more comfortable. In fact, saying something was a fluke actually INCREASES your risk of failure because you’ll be less likely to try new things and step out of your comfort zone. True failure happens when you don’t try at all. Did you fail if you didn’t beat what you made the month prior or land another client in the same amount (or less) time than before? Of course not! Business growth is not linear. If you stopped challenging yourself to beat arbitrary goals and started telling yourself how much you’re capable of, I wonder what would change?

The words we say to ourselves dictate our business growth more than the actions we take. “That was a fluke” doesn’t build trust...it takes away from it. If you want to build up trust in your ability to grow, then you need to look for a different phrase. One that reveals endless possibility. One that doesn’t require you to constantly beat your previous record. One that leaves you open to making mistakes and learning from them.

Here are some questions to ask if you’re struggling with feeling like your success is a fluke:

-- Why do you think it’s a fluke? What evidence do you have?

-- What are you scared will happen if success is NOT a fluke? What is that belief keeping you safe from?

-- If success weren’t a fluke, what would you be doing in your business right now?

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Join us for our brand new bootcamp, Accelerate Your Audience! It's a 21-day bootcamp that will help you get your first (or next) 100 dream clients in your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free Facebook Group audit with my team today to help you gain clarity and direction so that your group can become a client-generating machine!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’m joined by a special guest on today’s episode - Jess O’Connell. Jess is a launch coach and marketing scientist who teaches online coaches and course creators how to generate more revenue without the overwhelm and without all the launch drama.

In this episode, we talk all about launching and the deeper stuff around it.

We discussed:

  • Removing mental drama around launching
  • How to have a successful launch when you’ve lost momentum
  • How to detach yourself from the outcome
  • Setting launch expectations

This is a much different conversation about launching than you’ll find in the online world. I hope you enjoy it!

Get Jess’ 6 figure Launch Checklist.

Follow Jess on Instagram

Check out her podcast: The Launch Fix Podcast

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free Facebook Group audit with my team today to help you gain clarity and direction so that your group can become a client-generating machine!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this episode I share all the juicy details about the next phase of my business and talk about why I’m prioritizing impact over revenue (and how you can too, no matter what stage you’re in).

During this episode, I discuss:

  • How you can have more impact in your business
  • How to create confidence in your business at any moment
  • How to stop making money your #1 priority

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free Facebook Group audit with my team today to help you gain clarity and direction so that your group can become a client-generating machine!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’m joined by a special guest Amanda Joyce Weber. She is a mindset and sales coach who helps online business owners who are struggling behind the scenes to cultivate the mindset they need to land clients and make money on repeat. Amanda takes the “ick” out of selling and demystifies what it takes to make money in business so her clients can truly thrive.

In this episode Amanda talks about how to sell with sincerity, in a way that feels good and authentic to you.

We also discussed :

  • Why do people hold back when it comes to sales
  • Things that make people feel icky when it comes to sales
  • How to figure out the right way of selling
  • Shifting your thoughts and beliefs about sales

Want more from Amanda? Go check out Amanda’s podcast: One Simple Shift and follow her on Instagram.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free Facebook Group audit with my team today to help you gain clarity and direction so that your group can become a client-generating machine!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This is a very special episode of the Market Like a Boss as I’m joined by my past client, Jillian Bright. Jillian is an award-winning travel writer, author, and copywriter for visionaries and change makers. During this episode we talk about Jillian’s journey on how she started her business to becoming an author.

We also discussed :

  • Why comparing ourselves to others keeps us from taking risks
  • Slowing down to make important things happen in your business
  • How to take risks in business and life (and what to do when things don’t go the way you expected)

Be sure to check out Jillian’s newest book, The Trouble with Wings. It’s a travel memoir about the risks we take discovering what we want and what happens when we have to give up what we want to become who we want to be.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free Facebook Group audit with my team today to help you gain clarity and direction so that your group can become a client-generating machine!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this episode I share my observation about a gap that I see in the coaching industry…something that a lot of women struggle with that’s rarely talked about.

Success.

I’ve seen countless clients have major plateaus (or even drops in revenue) right after hitting a big milestone or having a big month.

In this episode I share:

  • Why we have low revenue months after big milestones
  • The lack of support I see in the coaching industry to address this issue
  • How life and business impact each other

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Join us for the 3-day Land Your Dream Client Workshop to help you find and attract dream clients (based on actual data) who need what you offer and are willing to invest in it.
  2. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  3. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  4. Book a free marketing audit with my team today to figure out what’s holding you back from getting consistent clients and come up with custom strategies to help you.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I am SO excited to have Cori Javid on the podcast! Cori Javid is the Money Mindset expert for mothers and Success Coach to women with kids and businesses all over the world, supporting women in becoming financially empowered and feeling limitless. During this episode we talk about money and being financially empowered.

We also discussed:

  • Beliefs that women have around money and why it’s happening
  • How lack of trust in ourselves affects our relationship with money
  • How to shift our mindset towards money

Want more from Cori? Go and check out Cori's Podcast: Limitless Mother and watch her FREE on-demand training: How to Make More Money as a Mother (Without Hustle, Sacrifice or Overwhelm).

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Join us for the 3-day Land Your Dream Client Workshop to help you find and attract dream clients (based on actual data) who need what you offer and are willing to invest in it.
  2. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  3. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  4. Book a free marketing audit with my team today to figure out what’s holding you back from getting consistent clients and come up with custom strategies to help you.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Let’s talk about money, shall we?

Far too many women resist talking about money, and I want to challenge us to normalize talking about money.

During this episode, I discuss:

  • The thing that’s standing in your way of getting to your revenue goal
  • How to remove limitations on yourself
  • 3 areas in your business where you should be more intentional about

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free marketing audit with my team today to figure out what’s holding you back from getting consistent clients and come up with custom strategies to help you.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I am SO excited to have Kendra Swalls, the founder of Girl Means Business on the podcast! During this episode we talk about how to move your business from survival mode to success mode.

We discussed:

  • How to know if you’re in survival mode of your business
  • Why women resist success
  • Why doing it all on your own is overrated
  • Why “mom first, business second” is sending mixed messages

Want more from Kendra? Grab her email marketing starter kit: www.girlmeansbusiness.com/emailkit.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free marketing audit with my team today to figure out what’s holding you back from getting consistent clients and come up with custom strategies to help you.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Engagement doesn’t pay the bills, folks.

Seriously. So many of you have placed engagement on a pedestal. It means way more to you than it should. Which also means you’re using it as a gauge of whether your marketing is working or not. This is problematic because not everyone engages with content the way you think they would. For every person who likes your post, there are 10 people who are reading it without ever liking it. And sometimes those lurkers turn into the best clients.

In this week’s episode I double down on the tough love and talk about the following:

→ Why we seek engagement on our posts (it’s not what you think)

→ Why engagement doesn’t matter as much as we think (and what content ACTUALLY generates clients)

→ How to let go of your people pleasing tendencies so you can make more of an impact in your content

What was your biggest takeaway from the episode? Share it with us inside the Market Like a Boss group!

I’ve got two 1:1 coaching spots available! These don’t come around often, so if you’ve been thinking about working with me 1:1 this is your chance. I’m looking for two women who are driven and wanted success yesterday. Women who are getting clients and making money, but want their business to be more profitable without working more hours. If you want the personal support & accountability that comes with having a coach in your back pocket, then apply to work with me now.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free marketing audit with my team today to figure out what’s holding you back from getting consistent clients and come up with custom strategies to help you.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

“I’m doing all the things and it’s not working.”

If I had a nickel for every time I heard this statement (from clients and otherwise) I’d have shut down my business and moved to a secluded island in Aruba already ;)

Kidding, but seriously. I hear this phrase a lot.

Most women go straight to the external stuff when they feel like their strategy isn’t working. They start changing their offer, their messaging, their audience, where they’re showing up, the prices they’re charging, etc.

In reality, there are three things you need to look at when it comes to why your strategy isn’t working:

  • Frequency: are you talking about your offer enough? Most women aren’t. If you don’t feel like a broken record when talking about your offer, then you’re not talking about it enough.

  • Visibility: are you getting in front of enough of the right people? How many visits have been made to your landing page? Your sales page? Are you actually telling people about your offer or inviting them to chat with you about it? If not, then that’s why you’re not seeing the interest you want.

  • Thoughts: If you can be honest and say that you’re showing up with enough frequency and that your visibility is on point, then we need to look at your thoughts. Do you believe your offer is important? Do you believe people are crazy not to buy it right now? If we’re honest, our thoughts say something completely different from our actions. We may act like we want clients, but inside our thoughts are resisting it like crazy.

Creating a strategy is the easy part. Implementing that strategy is the hard part. Why? A few reasons:

1 - Because we’re worried about being salesy or pushy. We allow the judgements of people who aren’t our ideal client to dictate our marketing.

2 - We’re afraid of hearing the word no. No represents failure. We make it mean WAY more than it should. No doesn’t mean anything about you...unless you make it mean something.

3 - We’re scared we won’t be able to serve clients or handle the responsibility that comes with success. We’ve already decided the outcome of the client relationship before we’ve even landed the client.

What’s coming up for you? Which area do you need to look at to get the results you desire?

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free marketing audit with my team today to figure out what’s holding you back from getting consistent clients and come up with custom strategies to help you.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I am SO excited to have Lauren Golden on the podcast! Lauren is the leader of the Free Mama Movement and she has changed so many lives. During this episode we talk about Lauren’s journey, what it means to be a Free Mama, and why so many women resist freedom in their businesses.

We also discussed:

  • Emotional challenges many women face in business (hormones are partly to blame)
  • The shame and guilt many moms face about wanting to make money in their business
  • The real challenges Lauren is struggling with now as she moves to new levels in her business (she holds nothing back)

Want more from Lauren? Join her and 34,000+ other Free Mamas over in the The Free Mama Movement group!

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free marketing audit with my team today to figure out what’s holding you back from getting consistent clients and come up with custom strategies to help you.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This is a super special episode because I’m doing something I’ve NEVER done before...I’m releasing a bonus training from my Dream Client Accelerator program.

The reason I’m releasing this training is because it addresses how to handle haters online. This is something all of you will face (whether you like it or not) and I don’t want the threat of haters to keep you from showing up and getting visible.

In this episode I touch on the following:

→ Why haters are haters to begin with

→ How to handle snarky comments or people who disagree with you

→ How to move forward after dealing with a hater (and how to learn from it so it makes your business stronger)

The Dream Client Accelerator will give you a proven framework for growing an online community of consistent clients.

When you join the program you’ll:

→ Join a community of empowered women just like you who are growing audiences and making consistent sales

→ Get the proven framework for confidently growing a 6-figure business

→ Accelerate your growth with a team of 6-figure coaches who give you weekly support, accountability & direction

The doors to the Accelerator open this summer. Get all the details now.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free marketing audit with my team today to figure out what’s holding you back from getting consistent clients and come up with custom strategies to help you.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Let’s talk about freedom, shall we?

A whole lot of you don’t have very much freedom in your business. And that sucks because for women (especially moms) freedom is THE necessary ingredient to reaching 6-figures.

What does freedom look like? It looks like having control over your business. Who you work with, when you work, how much money you make, etc. This isn’t something that’s just handed to you when you start a business. You have to CHOOSE it...and the act of choosing is usually the most difficult.

In the episode I discuss the top 5 freedoms every business needs, including:

→ Freedom in what type of clients you serve (and how you serve them)

→ Freedom to work as much as you want to, when you want

→ Freedom to make as much money as you want for your family without the guilt

→ Freedom to stop comparing yourself to every other person on the Internet and own your God-given talents

→ Freedom to make decisions for your business without needing permission or approval from others

Which freedom do you need the most in your business right now?

Have you signed up for Freedom Week yet? It’s a free virtual event my team created to help you get back freedom in your business in one of the following areas: clients, time, finances, emotions, and decisions.

Join Freedom Week now.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Join us for the Freedom Week happening on May 17-21. It’s a FREE virtual event designed to help you get back more freedom in your business.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this episode I pull back the curtain of my business and share a behind-the-scenes look at the things I’ve been working on in the last 4-6 months and the big challenges I’m facing as I grow toward 7-figures.

In the episode I discuss:

→ Why you have to slow down in order to grow (including dips in revenue)

→ The #1 challenge I’m having as a business owner right now

→ What happened after I switched coaches

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Join us for the Freedom Week happening on May 17-21. It’s a FREE virtual event designed to help you get back more freedom in your business.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this episode I chat about why unfollows and unsubscribes are a GOOD thing and why you can’t annoy the right people who are meant to work with you.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Join the Dream Client Accelerator and get the proven method for growing an online community that brings you consistent clients.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode I’m joined by special guest Sue Crites to chat about how you can find clients on Pinterest. Sue shares all the details about why Pinterest is such an effective tool for finding clients, the common mistakes most people make on Pinterest, and her best tips for making the most out of the platform.

If you want Sue’s help figuring out where to get started on Pinterest or have her do an audit of your account if you’re already on it, book a strategy session with her here.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free marketing audit with my team today to figure out what’s holding you back from getting consistent clients and come up with custom strategies to help you.
  4. Sign up for Pre-sell Like a Boss workshop for free to help you cut your sales process in half and sign clients faster!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

If we’re honest, we don’t want the unexpected to happen. We want our businesses to run smoothly 100% of the time.

Unfortunately, that’s not the reality. Instead of focusing on avoiding the unexpected, what if we became more confident in our ability to handle it?

In this week’s episode, I chat about the time I lost three clients in one day (yes, three!) and share my best tips for handling the unexpected in your business.

Here are my top 5 tips for handling the unexpected in your business:

1 - Give yourself time to feel the feelings

2 - Map out a plan

3 - Focus on the people who need you

4 - Get support

5 - Recognize that the unexpected can be a blessing in disguise

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free marketing audit with my team today to figure out what’s holding you back from getting consistent clients and come up with custom strategies to help you.
  4. Sign up for Pre-sell Like a Boss workshop for free to help you cut your sales process in half and sign clients faster!

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this episode I sit down with my Client Success Manager Lauren Brown to chat about which activities will ACTUALLY bring you clients (and which ones are a big waste of your time).

We discuss:

  • Why women focus on the wrong activities (it’s not what you think)
  • What activities you should be spending time on
  • The one word you need to eliminate from your marketing right now

Want my team to do a deep dive into your marketing and help you save time while getting more clients? Book a FREE marketing audit and we’ll help you determine the fastest path to clients (while showing you which activities you can cut immediately).

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free marketing audit with my team today to figure out what’s holding you back from getting consistent clients and come up with custom strategies to help you.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this episode I sit down with special guest Kris Ward to talk about the #1 way to build a profitable business that runs without you and gives you back MORE time and freedom...hiring a team.

We discuss:

  • Why women wait too long to hire
  • When should you start hiring a team (and how to know you can afford it)
  • What your first hire should be (and how to utilize them effectively)
  • What tasks you should delegate first after hiring

Get Kris’ Outsourcing Playbook for Busy Entrepreneurs.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free marketing audit with my team today to figure out what’s holding you back from getting consistent clients and come up with custom strategies to help you.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I used to be the woman who resisted success. I used to avoid getting clients because I wasn’t confident I could serve them and I didn’t want the pressure. I used to avoid making more money in my business because I didn’t want people to think of me a certain way or treat me differently.

Maybe you feel the same way. If so, this episode is going to help you learn how to stop resisting success so you reach all your goals and do so in a way that feels good for you.

How to tell you’re resisting success:

1 - You feel a sense of relief when you don’t hit your goal

2 - You start off strong & then start losing steam

3- You get in a state of overanalyzing & consuming info

4 - You have trouble making a decision and waffle back and forth

1 - Identify what scares you (what am I protecting myself from?)

2 - Redefine success in business AND life (working less, making more (or same), spending more time on certain projects (who says? - operating off of someone else’s definition of success)

3 - if this is what success looks like for me, then what would steps would I take to achieve it?

4- what do I need to let go of to have that success?

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free marketing audit with my team today to figure out what’s holding you back from getting consistent clients and come up with custom strategies to help you.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

One of my clients told me that she got a new client at the very END of last month...as in the last day. It showed her something important: never count yourself out early.

This is a truth that so many entrepreneurs fail to apply. We count ourselves out every single day. We assume that there’s not enough time or that we’re not reaching enough people. Or we assume that people can’t afford to invest. We count ourselves out of the race moments before crossing the finish line.

That’s why I’m showing up with a tough love episode for you all. In the episode I’ll share how you can stop counting yourself out early and the secrets 6 and 7-figure business owners have that allow them to stay in the game longer.

1 - identify trigger

2- what am i afraid will happen if I continue?

3 - focus on the other person (assumptions are always about us)

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free marketing audit with my team today to figure out what’s holding you back from getting consistent clients and come up with custom strategies to help you.
  4. Sign up for the Pivot to Profit workshop for free to help you market your new offer and get consistent clients on your own terms.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

The Know, Like & Trust factor is NOT dead. It just looks a little different these days.

In order for clients to work with you, they have to trust you. Building trust doesn’t mean telling them how many years you’ve been in business, how many certifications you have, etc. Building trust means SHOWING them how you can help them.

One of the best ways to do this is to build your own community. Having your own community allows you to go deeper with your people. It allows you to have a two-way conversation. Instead of you talking AT them...you’re talking with them.

In this episode I share how I build trust with my clients through my community. I also break down the types of content that foster trust among my audience. Give it a listen and take notes!

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free 20-minute marketing audit with my team today to figure out what’s holding you back from getting consistent clients and come up with custom strategies to help you.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

There seems to be this myth going around that in order to run a successful business, you have to be perfect. HA!

I’ve gotten to multi 6-figures in my business because I’m NOT perfect. I’ve failed my way to success. It wasn’t easy and it wasn’t fun, but it was incredibly valuable. That’s why I want to normalize failure. I want you to stop being afraid of it and learn to PLAN for it. Because when you do, you’ll take greater risks and reap greater rewards.

In this episode I talk about why failure is a GOOD thing for business and how to get comfortable failing your way forward...especially if you’re a Type A perfectionist like me ;)

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  3. Book a free 20-minute marketing audit with my team today to figure out what’s holding you back from getting consistent clients and come up with custom strategies to help you.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Lately I’ve been seeing a lot of women feeling frustrated that they aren’t showing up as much as they want. They beat themselves up if they miss a day of posting or if their business falls to the back burner for a few days. Beating themselves up leads to more discouragement, which causes them to stop showing up for weeks (or even months) at a time.

I want to help you break this cycle. In this episode I talk about why consistency is different than constantly and how to give yourself grace in your marketing...while also committing to showing up in your business.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  3. Book a free 20-minute marketing audit with my team today to figure out what’s holding you back from getting consistent clients and come up with custom strategies to help you.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’m joined by a special guest today, Fay Dworetsky! Fay is the founder and owner of Brandtique. She specializes in helping entrepreneurs build a strong inner brand foundation so they can attract the clients they really want to work with and become a "brand name."

In this episode Fay talks about how you can position yourself as the go-to expert in your field...no matter how saturated you think your market is.

Be sure to check out Fay's free Workbook.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

We’ve reached 100 episodes! Thank you so much for your support of the podcast. It’s been an incredible journey and we’re just getting started!

In this episode, I’m answering questions from YOU about how to get to your first $100K. Seemed appropriate given this is the 100th episode.

Here are the questions I answered:

  • Did you have to hire a team to get to $100K?
  • What was the best investment that you made to get to $100K?
  • What advice do you have for someone that works full time and is trying to reach 100k? Is there a more/most efficient process to do this?
  • How do I keep going when I don’t see quick success?
  • As a solopreneur how do you organize your daily, weekly and monthly diary to do it all?
  • How did you overcome asking 'hard' questions to your potential clients that is necessary to get them unstuck but might not make you that 'popular' or go against your people pleasing tendencies?
  • What was the shift in mindset and in supporting your clients you made if any, when you got to $100k?
  • What big mistakes do you see in women trying to hit that $100k mark? What’s the best way to keep it simple? Any tips on when you’re “ready” to reach for $100k?

I gave a lot of honest and transparent answers about my journey to $100K...so dig in and enjoy the episode!

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Download our free guide to get your first (or next) 100 dream clients into your group.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this episode, we’re going to talk about why you need to take consistent action, even before the results appear. Most people wait to take action in their business until they can be certain they’ll get the results they want. That only delays your success. Action comes before results...always. In fact, acting like the person who’s already reached your goal is the fastest way to get the result you want.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Grow an engaged Facebook group of 100 dream clients with Michelle’s free guide, Your First 100.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

At the time of this recording it’s January 17 and I’ll be honest...this is always a tough time. The holidays are over, it’s cold, it gets darker earlier, and our energy levels are generally lower. This year it’s especially tough because we’re anxious about what’s going on in the world and that 100% impacts our marketing.

How do you find energy to market yourself when you’re stressed or anxious? Here are my best tips:

  • Check your thoughts. If you don’t have the energy to market yourself, it’s likely a result of the things you’re consuming. What are you watching? What are you reading? Who are you comparing yourself to? Set boundaries for the media and information you consume.

  • Serve your clients. I always feel best when I’m focused on serving my clients and helping them make more money in their business. I started my business to serve others, so this always brings me back to what’s most important.

  • Get some rest. You’re a human, not a robot. It’s perfectly normal to have times when your energy is low. Don’t make it mean anything other than you need to take some down time and rest. And yes, your business will be fine ;)

  • Take action. Not taking action makes us feel worse. It’s counter-intuitive, but the more action you can take, the easier things will feel. You’ll also get more momentum because success compounds. Little wins always lead to big wins.

  • Go back to what you’re good at. Often our energy depletes when we’re trying to be everything to everyone. We start taking on work that we don’t enjoy and serving clients who we don’t love. Go back to basics and talk about the topics that you’re naturally good at.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’m seeing a lot of FOMO lately...particularly around the new app Clubhouse. People are literally buying iPhones and selling invites just to get on this app. With that in mind, I thought it would be appropriate to do an entire episode on how to overcome FOMO (fear of missing out) and stick to your own marketing strategy so you can see results faster.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Everyone wants to know the “secret code” for landing clients. I’ve had so many clients ask me what they’re missing because they’re not landing the clients they want or getting engagement on their posts. They always think it’s their offer, their messaging, their audience, etc. They’re convinced that there’s some secret code they don’t have and that once they crack the code, their marketing will be filled with rainbows and sunshine.

Not the case, my friend. Turns out YOU’RE the secret sauce. You already have the code. Now you just have to use it ;)

  • No one code that works for everyone. No cookie cutter. Stop hunting for short cuts. Enjoy the journey of getting to know your audience.
  • People want relatable, not perfection. You’re so busy censoring yourself that no one gets the real you.
  • People are drawn to how someone makes them FEEL vs. what you say or where you say it
  • When you love how you’re marketing, it will always work. ANy number of platforms can work
  • You’ll never give up, which means you’ll always win. Most successful women work it till it works.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In episode 95, I talk about how to show up in today’s “cancel culture”. I share why it’s very difficult to truly be cancelled and the ONE person who could cancel your business. If you’re a recovering people pleaser like me, this episode will be very insightful!

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In episode 94, I share my personal system for turning cold leads into hot clients. This is a system I use to nurture relationships with the people in my Facebook group that lead to clients. It’s the same system that allowed me to make multi 6-figures this year...and now I’m sharing it with you!

No more spammy DM’s or hoping someone will find you on a random promo thread. These steps will help you connect with leads that actually want to buy what you’re offering. You can thank me later ;)

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In episode 93, I interview copywriter Stephanie Tilton about storytelling that sells. We talk about how to craft stories in your marketing, how much you should share with your audience, and what type of content converts best. If you’re ready to write content that sells, this episode is for you.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In episode 92, I break down everything I learned this last year - the highs, the lows, and everything in between. Reflecting on the past year is one of the best things you can do for your business. It allows you to see patterns and trends in what’s working best so you can do more of that - and what’s not working as well so you can do less of that.

I also talk about not feeling guilty for having a good year in business - despite what’s been going on in the world. If you had a good year and you’ve been feeling guilty for it, this will be the perfect episode for you.

How was your 2020? Drop me a note at michelle@vroomcommunications.com and let me know!

2020 Learnings

  • Fewer things = greater impact
  • Consistency matters
  • Serve others and it will come back twofold
  • Can make more money without compromising
  • You can’t do it all
  • Boundaries are crucial to success
  • Mindset is MOST of the battle
  • People will always judge you
  • You’re capable of more than you realize
  • Invest before you’re ready

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In episode 91, I talk about why fear is a GOOD thing and how you can embrace it in your marketing. So many women entrepreneurs view fear as a sign that things aren’t working or that they should move in a new direction. It’s actually the opposite - fear shows us what’s important to us and points us in the direction of where we want to go. The key is not to let fear in the driver’s seat or else we’ll never actually follow our journey the way it was meant to go.

What one thing are you afraid of right now? That’s the thing you need to go after.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In episode 90, I talk about the difference between consumption vs. learning and how to tell whether you’re actually learning or whether you’re consuming more info to avoid taking important action.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

I’ve seen plenty of women throw out their entire marketing strategy simply because of one no.

They assume that because they heard the word no that means their messaging isn’t right, they’re showing up in the wrong places, and their entire strategy needs to be thrown out.

That couldn’t be further from the truth. When you understand why certain leads become clients (and others don’t), you’ll realize that the no has nothing to do with you and everything to do with the other person. You’ll also get a lot better at predicting who will say no and who will say yes.

Here’s why certain leads become clients:

1 → They need the help you offer the MOST

2 → They’ve struggled long enough with their problem

3 → They feel a connection to you

4 → Your offer aligns with the type of support they’re looking for

5 → They value their time MORE than money

Why some leads don’t become clients:

1 → They still think they can solve their problem on their own

2 → They have more time to spend trying to solve their problem

3 → They need a lot of help in different areas

4 → They’re not confident you can help them

5 → They’re not confident in themselves

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On a group coaching call the other week, one of my clients asked an important question: “What if I make a mistake I can’t come back from?”

She voiced a fear that many others share. In episode 88, I share my thoughts on this question and explain why there’s no such thing as a mistake you can’t come back from.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this episode I’m joined by Kristen Westcott to discuss how to automate an extraordinary experience for your clients from day 1. When your clients have an incredible experience, they stay with you longer and refer more people your way. And the best part - delivering this experience does NOT have to take up all your time. Kristen shares her expert tips for what part of the onboarding process you can automate - and offers advice on how to deliver an incredible offboarding experience so clients speak highly of you even after they’re done working with you.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Want to know the #1 thought that made me a multi 6-figure business owner?⠀

It wasn't: "I'm amazing at what I do."⠀

It wasn't: "Clients are on their way to me."⠀

Ready for it...?⠀

It was: "I'm going to work this until it works."⠀

Yep. That's the driving thought that has made my business $300K and counting. It's the thought that has led to me doubling my income this year. And frankly, it's the thought that will make me a million dollars.⠀

Why? Because working your strategy until it works is what leads to REAL growth. All the gurus and experts would have you believe that real success happens overnight. Not the case, my friends. Long lasting, sustainable success comes from tweaking and refining. From making what you're already doing well work even better. It comes when you learn from your mistakes and the things that didn't go the way you expected.⠀

If everything worked perfectly 100% of the time, we would never grow. We would never have the space to get better at our craft. We wouldn't build up any endurance. And believe me - you need business endurance if you're planning to make a massive impact on the world.⠀

I truly believe that this thought is the one that makes all the difference. I also believe it's the lack of this thought that keeps talented women spinning themselves in circles chasing the next shiny object because things aren't working the way they want them to.⠀

What if you committed to working your strategy until it works? ⠀

What if you stopped expecting overnight success?⠀

How much longer would you stick with your strategy?⠀

How consistent would you be in showing up for your audience?⠀

How much more FUN would you actually have in your marketing?⠀

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

In this week’s episode, I talk about why it’s so important to share your success with your audience. I see so many talented women keeping themselves small to make others feel better and so no one else is threatened. Unfortunately, when they don’t share their accomplishments, their dream clients don’t recognize how they can help them.

Here’s the truth: dream clients are inspired by success - not threatened.

In the episode I talk about:

  • the difference between bragging vs. sharing success
  • how I got out of my funk last summer (and the post that turned things around)
  • the REAL reason we’re afraid to talk about our success

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  2. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

“What I do is basic knowledge. Anyone can figure it out.”

Be honest: this thought has definitely crossed your mind at some point. Maybe it’s even on your mind right now and is keeping you from showing up and saying what you really want to say.

Here’s the problem with this statement: if you believe that your knowledge is too basic, then you won’t show up confidently and say the thing that your dream client ACTUALLY needs to hear. Then you don’t attract the clients you want and that’s when women contemplate lighting their businesses on fire.

Put the matches down and hear me out for a second on a few things:

1 → If your information feels basic to you, that’s a GOOD thing. It means you’re marketing the knowledge that you know intimately. If what you do didn’t feel basic to you, then I would question whether you’re actually tapping into your inner God-given talents. I see so many women try to come up with a unique offer that is padded with extra crap they really don’t want to do. We resist the things that come easily to us because we don’t think we should charge for them. Guess what - the thing that IS basic to you is the very thing you should be charging for.

2 → What feels basic to you is NOT basic to your dream clients. I’m always surprised because the things that I feel are the most basic are often the things that blow the minds of my audience. People are distracted. They have a lot going on and they can’t keep up with all the information out there. Even if your information were basic and they could figure it out on their own (which I highly doubt), they still have to figure out how to apply the info to their business. They also won’t be able to see objectively enough to apply the information to get the best results possible. That’s why they need you -- to help them digest the knowledge and put it into context.

Remember - just because someone knows something doesn’t mean they can apply it to their business in a way that gets results. Don’t undervalue the clarity you give someone in helping them apply the information to their business or life. You’re saving them so much more time than if they tried to do it on their own.

3 → A client’s success isn’t just about what they know - it’s about consistency in working toward their goal. You can give them that consistency by talking them off ledges and helping them get out of their own head and way. That’s something Google can never teach them.

One last thing: if someone truly thinks your info is too basic, they’re NOT your dream client. They’re not in the right stage to work with you. Don’t worry about marketing to them and focus on the people who need your knowledge and support right now.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.
  4. You can purchase a recording of the Fast Track Your Leads workshop here.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Picture this scenario:

You get an email notifying you that someone has booked a discovery call with you. You look at the questionnaire they filled out and they seem like a perfect fit. You get on the call and everything is going perfectly - until you get to the part where you talk about your services and the investment. The prospect pauses and then says the four dreaded words: “I can’t afford it.”

All the wind gets sucked out of you. You feel extremely frustrated because you have no clue why things were going so well and now they’re not. So you spin into a cycle of anxiety questioning why people can’t afford to work with you. You start thinking that maybe you should add more to your offer or add a special bonus or discount to attract more clients. Next thing you know you’re completely reorganizing your business.

Stop right there, my friend. It’s NEVER really about the money. Want to know the real reason they can’t afford you? It’s because your service isn’t the top priority for them. They just feel uncomfortable telling you that - so they tell you they can’t afford it because it feels easier to make it about them vs. risk hurting your feelings.

I realize this may be hard to hear. But it’s so necessary if you want to attract higher level clients who are ready to invest in solving their problem. When your offer is a priority for someone, they will FIND the money (even if they don’t have it right now). Think about your own life. Have you ever not had money for something but you figured it out because you wanted the solution really badly? Exactly. It’s not the money...it’s the value the person associates with your solution to their problem.

When you make it all about the money, you will attract people who make it all about the money. Focus on conveying the value of your offer and watch the type of clients you attract shift. Also be careful not to make assumptions about what your dream client can/can’t afford. It’s not up to you to manage their wallet. Often the people you don’t expect to sign on do. Let go of your desire to control the outcome and let your audience make their own decisions.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  3. Book a call to learn more about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of the Market Like a Boss podcast, I’m talking about why you’re afraid to niche down and pick an audience. Spoiler: it’s not because you have so many choices and you don’t know which one to choose. It goes much deeper than that.

Let’s dive in!

Don’t make the same mistake I did

When I first started my business over four years ago, I niched down to small business owners. Yes, that was as deep as I got. And I wondered why I didn’t land clients consistently! My clients also got a variety of different results, which didn't make me feel confident as an expert.

Specific sells. To get more clients you need to be MORE specific about who you target. This goes counterintuitive to what most people think, which is that you need to have a big pool of potential clients to make the money you want.

Why are you afraid to niche down?

A lot of women say that they don’t know which audience to choose. They act like it’s all the different choices holding them back from making a decision. I call BS. The REAL reason you’re scared to niche down is because you don’t want to alienate anyone. It’s because you’re so afraid that if you make your pool of potential clients smaller, there won’t be anyone left to serve.

There’s also another fear that crops up here: if you choose your target audience and you start landing clients, then you actually have to serve them. And you’re not so confident in your ability to do that.

These fears all tie back to lack of trust. Lack of trust that there are more than enough clients out there. Lack of trust in yourself to deliver for your clients.

Why niching down is so powerful for your marketing

Here’s what you need to understand: when you niche down, you’re not alienating anyone. In fact, you’re able to help your clients even MORE because you’re actually targeting people who need your help and are best set up to get results working with you. That’s when you become known as a trusted expert and have more of the right clients coming to you through referrals. You also retain more of your clients because they’re happier - which means more money for less marketing.

It’s also important to note that when you niche down and target the people you’re best meant to serve, you won’t have to undercharge just to land a client. That client will already want to work with you because you have the solution to their problem.

By trying to include everyone you’re actually creating the reality you DON’T want...a lack of consistent clients. The only way to shift things is by narrowing who you serve. And here’s the thing: when you narrow who you serve, everybody notices. Which means there will be people who don’t fit your target audience description coming to you and asking if they’re a good fit. Then you get to decide whether you’ll take them on as a client or not.

So you see...you actually have MORE choices when you narrow your audience.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  3. Book a call to learn how Michelle can help you reach $10K in your business.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of the Market Like a Boss podcast, I’m sharing 10 steps to reach your first $100K in business. Becoming a 6-figure business owner in 2019 was a huge achievement for me and has led to so many amazing things in my life. It’s led to the purchase of our family’s dream home last year, it’s allowed my business to provide for our family when my husband was out of work due to COVID, and it’s allowed me to hire my first full-time employee.

If getting to $100K is your dream, then this is the episode for you.

Let’s dive in!

Step #1 → Understand WHY you want to reach $100K

A lot of women set big goals, but don’t understand WHY they want the goal in the first place. In order to reach a big goal, you have to know why you want it. You have to be emotionally connected to it. Why is $100K important to you? What will it allow you to do?

Step #2 → Identify your money fears

Making more money is not necessarily a positive thing. Maybe you grew up in a home where making more money was bad. Maybe you’ve seen family members or friends change negatively when they started making more money. You can’t make more money if you’re afraid of it - so to get to $100K you have to address those fears.

Step #3 → Go all in one audience and one offer

I’ve talked about why niching down is important before. Going deep vs. wide allows you to serve your audience in a bigger way and attract clients who are excited to work with you. It also makes you known as an expert in your subject matter. If you’re constantly bouncing around from audience to audience or offer to offer, people will be confused. And when they’re confused, they don’t buy.

Step #4 → Be bolder in your messaging

Lukewarm messaging does nothing for your marketing or business. In order to attract the dream clients, you have to get comfortable with saying bold things. With taking a firm stance. With not trying to be everyone’s best friend. As soon as I got comfortable giving people tough love, I stopped attracting clients who weren’t committed to doing the work or just expected instant results. Which meant my clients got BETTER results and stayed with me longer.

Step #5 → Commit to growing your audience

It’s no secret that my FB group has made me a LOT of money. The reason it’s made me a lot of money is because I committed growing it. I showed up consistently every day. I offered a ton of value. Growing your audience is like an insurance policy for your business - it guarantees you’ll land clients whenever you want. And that’s true freedom, my friends.

Step #6 → Talk about your offers

If you want to reach $100K, you’re going to have to get really comfortable talking about your offers. The reason most women aren’t comfortable doing this is because they don’t really understand the transformation they offer. They don’t understand how what they do can change someone’s business or life. The sooner you understand your transformation, the sooner you’ll be comfortable sharing your offers.

Step #7 → Manage your mind

You can have the best marketing strategy in the world, but if you’re not managing your mind it means nothing. Our thoughts dictate our actions - which means your thoughts better reflect the $100K goal you’re working toward. Examples of thoughts that lead to $100K: there are plenty of clients for me to serve, people are lucky to work with me, making $100K gets to be easy and fun. Thoughts that WON’T get you to $100K: I have to hustle to land clients, I can’t help my clients get results, I need to undercharge just to land a client, I have to work more hours to make more money, I don’t want people to think I’m salesy.

Step #8 → Put strict boundaries in place

Comparison will not lead you to make $100K. If you want to be a 6-figure business owner, you’d better put boundaries in place around where you hang out, how you spend your time, who you follow, etc. If anyone triggers self-doubt or anxiety, unfollow them immediately. Your mind is the most important business asset you have.

Step #9 → Act like the woman who’s already making $100K

The reason I got to $100K in my business was because I acted like the woman who made $100K. I made decisions from that perspective vs. my current reality. Often those decisions meant investing in things that felt scary. I did things before I felt “ready” because I knew that I would never feel 100% ready. Stop saying that once you reach $100K you’ll invest in the coach you’ve been wanting or you’ll hire a team member. Do it BEFORE you get there because that’s how you get there faster.

Step #10 → Get help

I did NOT get to $100K alone. I’ve invested in my professional growth every single year. I’ve worked with a coach, attended conferences, and invested in programs that would take me to the next level. I also got support from family to help with childcare and hired out for cleaning, etc. I knew I couldn’t do it alone and I didn’t try. Friends, you can’t DIY your way to $100K. Get help with your blind spots and focus on the stuff you’re really good at.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group.
  2. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  3. Book a call to learn how Michelle can help you reach $10K in your business.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of the Market Like a Boss podcast, I’m talking about why you need to let go of fear in your marketing and some practical ways to do it. This feels like a super relevant episode since I just made the exciting (and super scary) decision to hire my first full-time employee. Fear is constant at all levels - no matter how long you’ve been in business or how much money you make. Instead of running from it, we need to face it.

Let’s dive in!

Why are you afraid in the first place?

Most of your problems in marketing can be tied back to fear.

Not getting clients consistently? You’re afraid to show up and share your offer because part of you doubts whether you can help clients get results.

Not booking enough sales calls? You’re afraid to hear the word no.

Not getting enough engagement on your posts? It’s because you’re not really saying what you WANT to say due to fear of judgement.

It’s not enough to say you’re going to make an effort to show up more. It’s not enough to come up with a calendar for posting content regularly. It’s not enough to post once a week about your offer and invite people to get on sales calls.

What really matters: identifying the root of your fear and taking steps to tackle it head on.

Where does your fear come from?

Whenever you feel scared, ask yourself this question: why am I feeling afraid right now? What am I afraid will happen? What is the worst case scenario here?

Once you’ve identified what’s behind the fear, I want you to see it for what it truly is: a thought. As Brooke Castillo says, “the thing you’re actually afraid of is your thoughts about fear vs. fear itself.” What thoughts are you having right now? What things are you telling yourself? I guarantee that’s the root of your fear.

How do I let go of the fear?

Letting go of the fear starts with the following steps:

#1 → Acknowledge that your thoughts aren’t always facts. Look at the thought you’re thinking and ask yourself: what’s the truth here? For example: I’m afraid to land more clients because I won’t be able to help them get results. Truth: I’ve helped many clients get results before and I know I can do it again. See what a shift that is?

#2 → Identify worst case scenario. How would you handle it if that thing came true? Often the worst case scenario in our minds isn’t worst case at all. Plus knowing how you would handle the worst shows you that you’re completely capable of figuring things out.

#3 → What’s best case scenario? If we’re going to think about worst case scenario, we also need to think about the best case scenario. This will keep our minds rooted in what’s possible and get us excited about the step we need to take.

#4 → Make a list of all the actions you would take if you knew you were guaranteed to have the best case scenario. Keep in mind that there may also be some actions you wouldn’t take.

#5 → Commit to taking one new action every single month. Truthfully, you can sit around and think about all the steps you’ll take to face your fears all day long, but if you don’t actually take action then none of it matters.

#6 → Celebrate! We forget to celebrate our accomplishments constantly. Celebrate the fact that you’ve faced a new fear. Recognize that you’re still standing. What doesn’t kill you makes you stronger, right?

Here’s to facing our fears...and committing to BIG growth!

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  3. Book a call to learn about working with Michelle.
  4. Check out The Life Coach School Podcast episode about fear.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of the Market Like a Boss podcast, I’m discussing how much you should share with your audience. I’ve heard so many different sides of this argument so I just want to break down how I view it because I actually believe that there’s a lot of power in giving both the why and the how.

Let’s dive in!

Why vs. How Argument

I think that people need both the why and the how. They need the why because their perspective needs to shift in order for them to invest in help. No matter what help it is, there is a perspective shift that needs to happen where that person understands that he/she can’t do it on their own. If you think you’re putting out great content but it’s not converting, it’s usually because you haven’t quite made that shift in your ideal client’s mind. You need to be part of that perspective shift that’s why you share the ‘why’.

You should also give them the ‘how’ because if you just give them the ‘why’ you’re ignoring the fact that people also need something tangible to hang their hat on. They need some sort of guidance in terms of what that next step is and how you can be involved in their next step.

How transparent you should be?

There has to be some level of transparency and it’s completely up to you (as you know, I’m very transparent online).

What you have to do is establish a relationship and connection with your people, and you get to decide how to do that. I think where a lot of people go wrong is they try to do things differently online than they would do in person.

I want you to ask yourself, are you being the same person offline as online?

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  3. Book a call to learn about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of the Market Like a Boss podcast, I’m discussing how to book more sales calls (otherwise known as discovery calls). If you’re not getting clients consistently, I’m willing to bet that it’s because you do not book discovery calls consistently.

Newsflash: if sales and marketing isn’t your thing but if you’re in business and you want to land clients, you have got to get on the phone and talk to people.

Let’s dive in, shall we?

Why do we resist booking discovery calls?

It goes a lot deeper than just not knowing our strategy or not knowing how to offer a call.

I think many women struggle to book discovery calls because they’re afraid of hearing the word ‘no’. We get so defensive, upset and we take it personally. And If you’re someone who ties your identity to your business and your self-worth to your success, hearing a no can actually threaten your identity.

What needs to happen is to re-frame the ‘no’.

‘No’ doesn’t mean they hate you and they don’t want to work with you. A ‘no’ is simply a word, and it just means not right now. It doesn’t have to mean anything about who you are as an expert and how good you are at what you do.

If you can start to shift and re-frame the ‘no’, you’re going to get more comfortable hearing it. In order to shift the fear of hearing the word no and book more sales calls, we need to shift our thoughts and perspective around our beliefs about how many clients are available.

To market the sales calls, you need to get really clear on why someone should hop on a call with you. Talk about the transformation of what’s possible once they get on a sales call with you. Spoiler: it’s almost always clarity and understanding of what their problem really is and how to fix it. People don’t want more calls. They want CLARITY about their problem. They want SOLUTIONS. If you can explain how you’ll deliver that on a sales call, then you’ll book them a lot faster.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find & attract dream clients with Michelle’s Land Your Dream Client Challenge.
  3. Book a call to learn about working with Michelle.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of the Market Like a Boss Podcast, I was joined by Kristin Molenaar who shared how to build a business with less stress. This is a topic that I know everybody needs to hear, regardless of what stage of business you're at.

A little about our guest… Kristin is an entrepreneur enthusiast who lives by the mantra “work less, make more” which enabled her to build a 6-figure business while working an average of just 5 hours per week. She’s on a mission to eradicate entrepreneurial stress by sharing her 3-Step Blueprint that both she and her client have put into place to achieve true freedom in Business. Kristin is the founder of the virtual agency YesBoss VA. YesBoss runs your online business for you so that you can scale it like a boss.

Let’s dive in!

What do you think is the biggest stress caused in the entrepreneurial world?

Listening to others’ advice. When I quit my corporate job, I thought that because I was a great employee, I’d be a great entrepreneur. I thought I was becoming an entrepreneur to have all this freedom and design my life but ultimately what happened is I did what everybody else told me to do. It was horrible. So I set out on this other path where I didn’t care what everybody was telling me to do, I just needed to do the thing that's fastest.

What do you think about people saying… ‘I can do it, so I should do it’?

When you look at what belongs on the to-do list of an entrepreneur, it's a lot of thinking, a lot of being in a creative space, doing connection work which sometimes requires mindset shifts. So an entrepreneur’s to do list is actually quite short, but it’s the mental stuff that has the most impact. Because of that, many entrepreneurs find it’s much easier to take on the administrative stuff because it feels more tangible.

What are some of the warning signs of stress overload?

A lot of times it has to do with some of the technology that we need to do in our business especially with the people at the very beginning stage. People think that they have to know and do all the things and they end up spending hours doing or researching about it. And then they hit a snag and think that they suck as an entrepreneur and will never succeed. Things like that happening in your business that are sending you on this massive roller coaster ride are a huge warning sign. The mental gymnastics isn’t just costing you hours but it's also costing you growth, because you've now stalled everything, you've stalled the important work to get this thing done. The key to reversing this trends is considering how you can keep things simple, or find somebody else to do it for you.

What would you say to the women dealing with stress in their business right now?

First step is to eliminate all non essentials. Look at how you are marketing and monetizing your business. Does it align with your heart? Does it align with the way that you show up your zone of genius? And then look at the monetization side.

After you’ve looked at these two things, you need to look at the data. Too often I find that people are stressed out because they're doing too many things. And unfortunately, too many things means not doing one thing deep enough or consistent enough to be successful. There are hundreds of ways to market your business, and all of them can be right if you choose to be consistent enough in them. But if you choose to do too many of them at once, none of them are going to be right because you're not doing it long enough to gather data or figure out how to make it work.

Connect with Kristin and be sure to check out her free Ebook.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of the Market Like a Boss Podcast, I was joined by copywriting guru Tiffany Lewis to discuss how to create compelling copy that will land you clients.

A little about our guest: Tiffany is the owner of Propel Virtual Solutions, a content strategist and conversion copywriter who helps female coaches build relationships and increase sales through websites, email sequences, sales pages and copywriting.

Let’s dive in!

Why is it important to create a solid copy?

“Copy is everywhere, it’s anything that you write in your business to persuade your ideal client to make a purchase, whether it’s a social media post, video copy or email sequence. It’s like the crux of your business. So it's super important to make sure that you're connecting with your audience in a way that gets them to purchase. People buy based off emotion and not logic. When you use storytelling, to infuse that in your copy, you're really connecting with your audience in a very unique way.”

What are some of the top mistakes that people need to recognize in order to get on the road to creating good copy?

“The biggest mistake I see is that people are not being authentic. People can immediately tell when you read something and there's a void of emotion.

Next mistake is being very bland and vanilla. It’s like watching a TV show that’s super predictable and super boring. A copy that does that clearly doesn't get the point across and makes sales.

The third mistake that I see is copying people word for word. It’s okay to get inspiration from other people but copying them is not the way to go.”

Let’s talk about being vulnerable… how much is too much? And some tips or advice that might help empower more women to embrace their story versus trying to recreate someone else’s?

“I do think there's a very fine line between how much I should share, how much is too much, or is not enough. My biggest tip is to do a brain dump which will help you identify who you are, what your beliefs are, where you kind of land on different things, and how you identify with your journey. We all have a story to tell. I guess, coming to grips with the fact that part of your work and your journey is sharing that story. And from there decide how often or how much or how little you’d like to share.”

What are your thoughts about polarizing content?

“People can smell the lie immediately. Giving all the fluff information about whatever the topic is but it voids an authentic story element, you can immediately tell that it’s not a real thing. If you have to sit with it for a while, do it. Don't just say stuff just to say it.”

Let's break down a couple of your top tips to help people create copy that is actually going to help land clients.

“Brain dump is my favorite thing. It helps me get everything out of my head and onto paper, so that I can focus my starting point a bit. I usually set aside one day a week to sit down and do a massive brain dump and then organize my thoughts.

Then the next thing is having some sort of consistent plan and establishing a schedule. I literally sit down on a Sunday for a couple of hours and think about the days that I’ll be producing my content.

Lastly, doing some research and seeing what it is that your audience resonates with. Set up a system where you can track the posts that performed well, and then look at your insights and go through all that information and write down what worked, what didn't work and use that to drive your planning process for the rest of your content.”

What would you say to women who think they suck at writing copy?

“Stop saying that you can’t. We all have a story to tell, no matter how big or small or short or long, every single person has a story inside of them. And it is just all about how you're going to deliver that story. Get out of your own head, shift your mindset, and just do it. Take the blockers off, take the pressure off, just jump out there and make it happen. Things do improve, It's not going to be some overwhelming response the very first time but you just have to keep doing it over and over. Just be consistent with it. Try it and keep trying.”

Follow Tiffany on Instagram: @tiffanylewis.propels

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Sign up for Michelle’s FREE training, Accelerate to 10K, and reach your first $10K month!
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of the Market Like a Boss Podcast, I’m discussing how to stop taking responsibility for your clients. I feel like a lot of people talk about this topic online, but don’t discuss how taking responsibility for your clients is a marketing problem. Yes, I said it. This all comes back to who you’re attracting to work with you...are you working with people who think you should be doing everything for them or you’re in charge of their success? Guys, you’re not responsible for their success. You’re the expert and you provide guidance, but they have to put in the work.

Let’s dive in…

Does this sound like you? Do you wake up at night where you’re worrying about your clients?

Do you always tell them yes? Do you obsess over every detail on the work you do for your clients?

It’s so easy for us to take responsibility for our clients especially if you’re from the corporate world or agency world. Going back to what I said before this is a marketing problem...you’re attracting the wrong clients to work with. You deserve more.

So why do we do this?

I think this can come back to a few things:

  • You don’t believe in your value which causes you to work with the wrong clients and think that’s all you deserve.

-You don’t believe in your results or solutions you can provide your clients.

-You’re a natural people pleaser and have difficulty setting boundaries.

-You’re afraid of a client and fear of a bad review.

Taking on the responsibility for your clients is the worst you can do for yourself and your clients. Every successful entrepreneur doesn't expect things from others and they take ownership of their business. Is that hard? Absolutely, but if you're with a client and you care more about their success than they do...this is a problem. This comes back to you being worried about what people might think of you if your client fails, but guess what ladies, you’re enabling your clients. Your client won’t be successful for a long period of time if you’re doing everything for them.

Personally, I want my clients not to need me anymore. It’s my job to guide them through issues in their business, but not spoon feed them. I don’t give my clients all the answers as I want them to think about solutions for the business and marketing. I’m involved in their process, but so are they. I’m not taking on all the responsibility. It forces my clients to go on in their business. You can’t make all the decisions for them. It’s not up to you. Ladies, set boundaries, set a clear description of your role when working with a client, and start attracting the dream clients that want their business to thrive!

Connect with the Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Sign up for Michelle’s FREE challenge, Land Your Dream Client!
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of the Market Like a Boss Podcast, I’m discussing why you need to stop stressing over engagement. This episode is going to be a mixture of tough love and holding you accountable for your marketing. I think it's so easy for us to start worrying about how many likes and comments we are getting, but that will make you lose focus on what’s going well in your marketing. You can’t let the amount of likes and comments consume you. Engagement is only a small part of your marketing.

Have you ever found yourself in the mindset that you’re not going to show up in your Facebook group or go live because you didn’t have the engagement you wanted? I think we have all been there, but how do you expect your ideal client to work with you if you’re not going to show up for them? You showing up can’t be reliant on what engagement you get because then it’s all about you and not about the person who matters most: Your dream client.

Some people will stay in the background until they are ready or they might never be ready. I have to say, I have gotten clients who didn’t engage on my posts or videos, but they were STILL WATCHING ME. Take the focus off of you and focus on your dream client. You’re not going to get clients every day. Success happens when you take little steps every day towards your goals. These small steps like booking a new discovery call or creating a freebie...these are things that move you toward your goal. They matter.

Connect with the Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Sign up for Michelle’s FREE challenge, Land Your Dream Client!
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of the Market Like a Boss Podcast, I’m sharing how I hit a huge milestone - 3,000 members in my Facebook group! In the episode I break down the exact steps I’ve taken to build this group organically...without ads or funnels.

Keep in mind these steps are the ones I have taken, but every group is different. I encourage you to think about how you can apply these steps to your group without feeling like you need to do it exactly how I did.

Step 1: Engage in other FB groups

I spend 30-60 minutes a day engaging in other Facebook groups. I search for keywords that tie back to my area of expertise. When I find questions or posts that include those keywords, I respond and offer value first (can be a tip or a tool that’s worked for me). After offering value, I tell the person that I talk more about this topic inside my Facebook group. I reference a particular live video or resource in the group (specific sells) and ask if they’d like the link to join. They almost always say yes - and then I share the link right there in the thread. Because I asked for permission first, this doesn’t break promo rules (though you still have to do your due diligence to ensure you understand every group’s guidelines). The best part is that every time I share the link right there in the comments, others who are lurking behind-the-scenes will join my group too. Which means I can get 5-10 people to join my group just from one post.

Step 2: Create captivating content

My content is something I’m truly proud of. It always hits home with the right people because I’ve taken the time to listen to my audience. I understand their challenges and what they want most. I put out content that’s informational and educational, and I also give the tough love that motivates people to take action. I love going live in my group and I often re-purpose the lives into other posts that help boost engagement. I don’t stress about the type of content I share and I go with whatever I’m feeling like saying that day. I also share a TON of behind-the-scenes content so people can follow me on my journey. This makes me more relatable and is often the catalyst for people wanting to work with me.

Step 3: Nurture relationships

I love building relationships. Relationships are the bread and butter of your marketing. People want to feel seen and heard. They want an emotional connection before buying. It’s important to recognize that when someone joins your FB group, that’s the beginning of your journey with them - not the end. Yes, it’s important to continually grow your group but you also need to make sure you’re focused on nurturing relationships with the people already in it. For example, I send new members a welcome email and ask what area of marketing they’re struggling with most. That way I can make suggestions on content they should check out. I also like to check in with people who engage on my posts/lives and ask them what their takeaways were. This also helps me gather more valuable intel from my audience to use in my marketing.

These steps may sound simple, but they have been extremely effective. I get 95% of my clients from my Facebook group. I truly believe it’s because I show up there consistently and I’m passionate about the community I’ve built. People are attracted to that passion - especially those who want to grow a group like mine. It’s crazy to think about how this group started two years ago with just a simple challenge. I had no expectations and no strategy to keep the group growing after the challenge - yet here we are. I’m living proof that you don’t need to have a perfect strategy to grow an engaged group...you just need to start.

I hope you found this episode encouraging - especially if your group isn’t growing as quickly as you want right now. Keep showing up - both for the people who engage and those who are watching quietly behind-the-scenes. I promise you someone is always watching.

Connect with the Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Sign up for Michelle’s FREE challenge, Land Your Dream Client!
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of the Market Like a Boss Podcast, I’m discussing the real reasons you’re triggered by others' success and how you can turn those triggers into cash. I haven’t really touched on this topic before, but felt it was necessary to discuss. I’ve talked about why you’re fearful of success, but haven’t discussed the true triggers behind those feelings.

EVERY person is triggered by someone else’s success. It’s the reality of being an entrepreneur. But instead of being frustrated or discouraged by triggers, it’s possible to spin them into a positive outcome that nets you more cash.

Let’s dive in...

Everyone talks about comparison and why you’re jealous of someone else’s success. And those reasons are valid. But I want to talk about the deeper reason why you’re triggered by another’s success:

The person who is successful has a characteristic you wish you had. For example: maybe they're not afraid to say what they want, maybe they have a bigger audience, maybe they make a lot of money, maybe they’re in demand and have a wait list of clients, maybe they’re showing up as authentic and everyone loves them.

Close your eyes right now and think about the person you’re jealous of. Picture them in your mind. Now I want you to identify the characteristics you think you’re missing that they have. Make a list. Once you make that list, identify the first characteristic that came to mind. Only instead of thinking about how to be more like the person you’re triggered by, I want you to think about how you’re already embodying that characteristic in your business and marketing. For example: if you’re jealous of someone for being courageous, consider how you are already courageous in your business (spoiler: you started a business, didn’t you?). Now consider how you can be more courageous in your own way. Maybe it means saying something you’ve been wanting to say for awhile. Or maybe it means sending that email highlighting a client’s success that you were afraid would come across as braggy. Or maybe it’s launching that program you were too scared to launch because you didn’t believe anyone wanted it.

The point is that you need to focus on how YOU can show up more in that way...not on how you can show up the way the other person is. Marketing is all about authenticity and I hope this mini exercise shows you how to show up in an authentic way in your marketing. Because here’s the thing: that thing you’re afraid to do or say because you’re not sure what others will think? THAT is the thing that will make you more money.

Remember, you’re capable of just as much success as the people you’re watching. Stop setting limits for yourself. What if there were no limits? How would you show up then?

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Sign up for Michelle’s FREE challenge, Land Your Dream Client!
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of Market Like a Boss Podcast, I was joined by Veronica Hoddenbaugh discussing how to make money from Facebook Lives. Veronica will share best practices for your lives and how to convert people who watch them into clients. If you have a FB group and you want more leads, then you'll definitely want to tune into this episode!

A little bit about our guest…Veronica is a coach for female entrepreneurs and guides them through creating the best marketing strategies for their business.

Let’s dive in…

I have found that people who go live are either over-prepared or not prepared at all. I want to talk about this first because this essentially will set-up how your Facebook Live will run.

What type of preparation should people do before they do a Facebook Live?

“I always talk about creating key points you want to discuss. The power of live video is to connect with your people. I have a one post-it note rule. This is where I put my key points because I don’t think it's beneficial for people to constantly be looking down at a notebook as it takes away from the “going live” experience.You also want to make sure you provide the transformation element to your Facebook Live topic you end up selecting. The power of the hook is everything. More importantly your audience needs to know if they listen to your live what will they get out of it. Next step is talking about the problem - why should your audience care? People are often frustrated when they are producing so much content, but getting no action. This is where you lay out what problem you’re about to solve in your live. Your audience needs to know again what solution you’re providing. This helps your audience members stay with you until the very end.

Do you think people use questions enough to boost engagement?

“Engagement is what we want, right? You need to make it easy. I normally like to ask a question at the end of a teaser promoting my live and simply ask, does this sound like you, leave a 1 in the comment box. It can be that easy. This helps bring your audience back in. Questions are a great source to boost your audience’s engagement, but you definitely don’t want to overwhelm them either. Simple is always better.”

What comes next in your process for a Facebook Live?

“Next, is getting to the meat of your Facebook Live. Don’t be afraid to give a lot of value in your lives. It doesn’t matter that you’re getting paid for it...that’s not the point of these lives. You want to deliver the exact same way you would with your clients. This provides your audience to truly see who you are and how you’re the expert. Another thing you need to remember is to always do a recap! You never know if someone who’s watching, but got distracted by their children or internet dropped...you need to recap because they can come back in and they will need to hear what they would have missed. Never stress about how many people join live because 99% of the time, I have more replays. You have to keep showing up in your lives. There’s always a fear of the camera, but it makes you more relatable. Going live is never perfect.”

What do you think Facebook Lives provide business owners?

“I think Facebook Lives are super powerful because you’re showing up on camera, providing value, and being your true authentic self. This is not only a benefit of the lives, but you want someone to say with you, “Wow, you’re the exact same on camera.” That’s a huge compliment. I personally have had a client join one of my programs without a discovery call because they said they knew who I was and value I was going to provide them.”

I know so many people who are afraid of going live, but the moment they remove the fear...the opportunities are endless!

Ladies, I hope this podcast episode provided you with such knowledge and courage to get in front of the camera. Your audience needs to see you!

Be sure to check out Veronica’s Facebook Page

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Sign up for Michelle’s FREE training, Accelerate to 10K, and reach your first $10K month!
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of Market Like a Boss Podcast, we are talking about everyone’s favorite topic...MONEY. I will discuss why it’s not selfish of you to want to make more money and why you should not be afraid of money. You can’t land your dream clients if you’re afraid of money. If you’re not comfortable with making money or just being successful as this will affect your marketing because you’re self-sabotaging. I know so many women who are afraid to get to the next income level because of the fear of judgement or the fear of changing and losing it all.

If you've been watching me for a while...I do talk about money a lot because people don’t talk about it. I find it important to discuss money goals, but more importantly, I like discussing the journey of how I made the money. I don’t want this topic to be taboo anymore. You have to get over the mindset that you don’t deserve money because that’s not the case.

I guarantee there’s fear-based thoughts when it comes to money. You might be fearful of people judging you or you think more money means more pressure. I find there are two categories that business owners tend to fall under…

Fear over making more money.

If you’re afraid to make more money, you’ll always work hard and make less money. You could also be afraid that you’re going to lose money or have the doubt that they can't manage money. I have also found that there’s the fear of being judged by others especially if they are making more money and can spend money on things some people might not be able to. There’s another component under this category is not knowing your value as a business owner. People with the fear of making money because they don't think they are worth a certain amount or they won’t charge for their services at the price they should. Ladies, you have to understand that what you offer is special and you’re worth every penny that you ask because you became an expert and you’re providing solutions for your clients. Don’t cut yourself off short.

Receiving money.

A lot of people were brought up that money was evil and taboo. People who are afraid of receiving money often feel like the person who gave them money has power over them. There’s also the fear of money from childhood experiences. I know several people who are afraid to make more money because they didn’t grow up in a home where money was around or even discussed. So, those experiences as a child lend many people to think they aren’t allowed to make more money. That’s not the case, ladies!

Let’s talk about money truths…

-Money is not evil. Money is neutral. It’s not negative and it’s not positive. The people who lose money or abuse money reflect on the person who chooses to behave in that way. Someone who loves money and that’s their only focus is not to blame on money, but again rather it’s about the person who chooses to think money is everything.

-You can make money and still be a good person. There’s still people out there who are extremely generous to give back. It’s up to you to make the choice of what you do with the money earned.

-Money = Impact. This refers to what money can do for you, your family, and your community. Think of the long term goal of what more money can actually do and benefit so many people.

-You’re giving your clients way more than you’re taking. So many women think that if a client pays them, they feel like they are taking from them. This is where your value comes into play. If you don’t believe in your value then of course you’re going to think you’re taking from them.

-Your value lies with what you’re giving the client and not what they are paying you. Again, you need to be super clear on your value and recognize it. Once you do, you’ll never be afraid to ask for payment and the amount you’re truly earned.

-You’re changing lives when you’re making more money. What’s the worth to you? You’re also giving others to change your life as well. It’s a ripple effect. If your client earns more money while working with you then that affects your business, too.

Money doesn’t have control of you. You have control over money. You need to get rid of the idea that money is bad. Ladies, it’s not selfish to want more. If someone told you that...they lied to you. Don’t feel guilty to make money while doing something you love and you’re good at it. If we all make more money, the world will be a better place.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Sign up for Michelle’s FREE training, Accelerate to 10K, and reach your first $10K month!
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of Market Like a Boss Podcast, I’m discussing how to shift your focus on what you can control in your marketing and your business. We spend so much time focused on what we can’t control in our marketing and it keeps us from getting the results we want. Personally, this topic hits home for me. I have always struggled with the need for control, but I’ve had to let that go in my business. The desire for control doesn’t bring joy, but rather makes your business feel like a burden.

Let’s break this down some more…

What are some things you can’t control in your marketing?

You can’t control people unfollowing you, unsubscribing from your email list, losing a client, someone’s opinion of you, a prospect canceling a discovery call, etc. These are things that we can’t control, but they are often the ones we obsess over the most. What if you released control over what others think of you? What if you decided right now to trust your opinion more than theirs? No matter what you do, you’ll never make everyone happy. Focus on the people who matter (your dream clients) and let the rest go.

Why do we obsess over control?

Honestly ladies, we do this to ourselves because we’re scared when we feel like we don’t have control. We’re scared because we expect something negative to happen. I seek control when I want to avoid disappointment and any negative outcomes in my marketing. So I focus on the tiniest details that don’t really matter like changing my font, colors, and graphics. Anything I can do to avoid discomfort.

A year ago, my coach told me that I need to be comfortable sitting in discomfort. I was spending all my time trying to avoid discomfort by controlling every outcome of my business, but it was exhausting (both mentally and physically). I had to shift my mindset by recognizing that discomfort is a normal part of business and it’s actually a reflection of growth. Once I released the pressure, I was able to sit in discomfort, learn from it, and continue moving forward. Discomfort never goes away - but the most successful entrepreneurs get better at dealing with it and moving forward in spite of it.

What can you control in your marketing?

You can control engagement. Yes, that’s right. By showing up for your audience everyday and asking them to engage, you will see engagement increase. You can control the amount of leads you bring in by talking to more people. You can also control the quality of your leads by paying attention to your messaging and making sure it reflects the type of client you want to work with. You can control how many discovery calls you book. The more calls you book with qualified leads, the more you’ll convert. It’s just simple math. All of these things are your responsibility as a business owner. Are you showing up confidently? Are you talking to your audience? Or are you hiding in the wings waiting for someone else to make the first move? If you want to reach a specific goal, you better show up as a BOSS. You can’t push the control on someone else. You and only you have responsibility for your success.

Lastly, it’s important to note that people will always think whatever they want about you and your business. And sometimes they’ll give you their opinions unsolicited. You can’t control that, but you can control how much you listen. You can control what messages you read and what information you allow to filter through your brain. Whenever I’ve been the most stressed and miserable in my marketing, it’s been because I’ve had zero boundaries about the information that’s coming at me. I didn’t filter any of it. Now I know better. You need to protect your mind - it’s the most important asset you have in your business.

I know this process will be difficult and your desire for control won’t go away overnight. As a next step, I suggest creating two lists. Make a list of things you can’t control and the things you can. Throw away the list of things you can’t control and post the list of the things you can somewhere where you’ll always be reminded.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Sign up for Michelle’s FREE training, Accelerate to 10K, and reach your first $10K month!
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This is a very special episode of the Market Like a Boss Podcast as I’m joined by guest Allison Hardy to discuss how you can bring automated leads and make money while you’re sleeping.

A little bit about our guest...Allison is the creator of the 6-Figure Mompreneur Podcast, contributor to Huffington Post, and has been featured in WFS Magazine. She’s also a mom of two children, Camden and Nora.

Let’s get started…

Allison, tell us a bit more about your journey.

“I had my dream job and was on track for my ten-year as a professor at a local college, but things changed and I was laid off at six months pregnant. I was completely scared, but ended up starting my own business. I started a part-time personal training business and started working with my friends. It happened very quickly and it was working out for me financially. Shortly after, I realized I was interested in fitness and nutrition, but the business side of things and moved into my next business.”

Let’s talk about hustle...how do you get out of that space?

“I don’t think hustle is bad, but it depends on what you’re doing. If you’re launching a new service or product, short-term hustle is necessary, but there should be a balance. I like to say hustle with rules.”

Tell us: how you get to the point of making money while you sleep?

“I developed a system to make money everyday because I didn’t want to hustle 24/7. Things changed when the pandemic hit and I knew my kids would be home from school. I cancelled my live launches, but wanted to still hit my goals. What started as an experiment became a sustainable lead gen system that works.”

Tell us about your automation system.

“First, it’s important to know this system is a long-term process. It doesn’t happen overnight. I created a lead magnet where a potential client can download a free resource in exchange for their email address. Their email gets captured and then they are put into a nurture system. Some things you want to include in a nurture funnel are links to your recent blog post, podcasts, resources etc., as well as a behind-the-scenes look at your life.

From here, the lead goes into a habit-base funnel where there are triggers that go off based on the actions you want them to take. When they take the desired action, they will be put into a pitch sequence so they can receive customized content that converts them into a future client.”

What are some common mistakes people make when it comes to funnels?

“I think the number one mistake is that people think it's going to work right away. There will be times where you send 100 people into a funnel and it doesn’t convert. You can’t give up. For example: instead of getting discouraged, look at your subject line...do you need to change it? Just look at the statistics and make changes from there.”

“No matter what you do in marketing...it never works right away.” - Michelle Vroom

“You need to hustle with rules.” - Allison Hardy

Tell us about the results you have seen since you implemented your system.

“I knew that for 2020, I wanted to make money everyday. I have achieved that so far apart from two days back in March. Sometimes, your days vary based on how much you make, but I’m still making money. As far as my clients, I had one client implement this system and she has a very specific audience for her business. She ended up landing her first client for a new program she was launching and was able to retain her as a client. When she hopped on a call with her new client, she had shared what she loved about her email funnels and that helped my client make tweaks to what her audience needed to see to convert more clients.”

I want to address another misconception about automated lead generation systems - which is that they don’t bring in qualified leads. Ideally if these potential clients are going through the funnel from start to finish..they are already highly qualified and need what you have to offer.

What advice would you give someone who wants to start their lead automation system?

“I think it's a matter of fine-tuning your marketing. What does your audience need to hear from you? What should they know about you? It also is important to highlight small wins that you have hit as a business owner. People love results and they want to see results. Not all funnels will work, but you need to do your research. What keywords are you using? Did you share your value? Did you have a catchy subject line? These are all things you have to consider when you start your lead automation system.”

What tools do you use?

“I use Convert Kit for email marketing, Squarespace for my website, and Deadline Funnel for timers. These have all worked for me, but there’s so many out there!”

I hope you ladies enjoyed today’s podcast! Just remember, it's completely possible to make money everyday without working 24/7.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Join my free training on how to Accelerate to 10K Free Training
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of Market Like a Boss Podcast, I’m answering ALL your marketing questions. These questions are all about marketing and my business. As you guys know, I like to be completely transparent with my audience and have an open discussion!

Let’s dive in...

What triggered your #1 mindset shift? (2:18)

This is a really good question. Mindset is key. I talk about this a lot because your mindset truly controls the success of your business. Mindset can cause you to miss out on opportunities and potential clients because of your fears. It took me a while to shift my mindset. I had to work with my coach on this. She had to challenge me and ask me the hard questions. She asked me, “do you want more clients?” Of course I said yes, but the truth was I was scared I wasn’t going to be able to deliver.

Is a sales funnel necessary? (6:12)

It all depends on your goal. If you’re looking to bring in more passive income, a funnel is a great way to do so. Remember to start with the end goal of what you want the funnel to achieve and work backward from there.

Is there a template for writing social media content? (7:38)

There’s NO template. So many female entrepreneurs search for the “secret” template that gets the most engagement, but there is no cookie cutter when it comes to marketing. What works for one person doesn’t work for another. Don’t think of it like a template, but rather ask yourself...what does your audience need to hear from you? Create your social media copy with that mindset.

How much personal info should you share in posts? (11:02)

I’m very transparent about my marketing, my journey, and goals that I have reached, but you don’t need to be as open as me. Share as much as you’re willing to - but remember that your audience does need to connect with you emotionally in order to decide to invest. Don’t build up a wall with your audience. Talk to them human-to-human because people tend to need to gain your trust before they would want to work with you.

One boundary I’ve set for myself is that I don’t talk about a particular struggle I’ve experienced while I’m still in it. I share it afterward so that I always have the perspective of having gone through it and come out on the other side.

Should I share any family pictures on my social media channels? (13:36)

Throw out the word “should.” It’s your choice if you want to share your family pictures. It won’t affect your marketing if you don’t. That being said, if your brand is based around family you may want to consider giving your audience a behind-the-scenes look at your family (however you feel comfortable).

How do you start a Facebook group and create a loyal following? What about starting a podcast? (16:21)

When it comes to a Facebook group or a podcast, just start. I started my Facebook group with no long-term strategy...in fact, it was born out of a free challenge I was running online and I needed a place to house the videos. After the challenge was finished, I left the group open and voila, Market Like a Boss was born.

I love groups and building relationships so I just kept showing up every day, which is how I build a loyal following. If you have a group, consider the experience you want your audience to have and what will keep them coming back. I highly recommend posting and engaging every day. Show up no matter how many people are tuning in. When it comes to a podcast, I recommend coming up with a list of topics you want to talk about and be sure you’re clear on what you want your audience to gain from listening to you.

How do you manage multiple social media platforms? (19:01)

I definitely recommend using automation when possible...for the right activities. I normally batch out content once a week and created a designated time on my calendar to develop new content. Also, repurpose and reuse any existing content because it saves you time and some people might not have seen it the first time. I also use scheduling tools like Buffer to schedule ahead of time or RecurPost for any recurring daily content in my group like questions and prompts.

How do you post valuable content without being repetitive? (20:53)

It’s ok to post the same thing more than once because people might not even remember this post or didn’t see the first time. Most women feel like they have to be in a constant state of creating content. Save the content you’ve created and think about how you can reuse it again. For example, I record my FB lives and repurpose some of them as podcast episodes. I also repurpose my lives as blog posts too. So I’m creating one piece of unique content (the FB Live) and sharing it multiple places and in multiple formats.

What’s the biggest mistake you’ve ever made? (21:57)

When I first started my business I was doing full-service marketing and as a result, I took on so much responsibility for my clients. I was doing everything for them and thinking about their business 24/7. When I shifted to coaching, my mindset had to shift too. I started holding my clients accountable and challenging them to think for themselves. They became more committed to the work we were doing and got better results.

What's the funniest thing you’ve ever done that ended up being a good idea? (24:14)

Honestly, when I first started I developed a challenge and started my Facebook group. I thought I would shut the group down after the challenge, but here we are a couple years later where I have almost 3000 members and 95% of my clients come from the group. Never did I think that my first challenge was going to lead me here

Does email marketing work in today’s world? (25:08)

Short answer? Yes. We live in a world where we’re attached to our phones and email is the first thing we check before getting out of bed. Doesn’t mean you HAVE to do email marketing but if you’re not at least building an email list you’re leaving money on the table.

How can I land my first paid client? (26:20)

Build relationships and talk to people. Network in your own backyard and consider who could be a good referral partner for you (ideally someone who offers a complimentary service to yours). Tell your friends/family about your business and who you serve. Bottom line: just keep focusing on serving and showing up.”

Should you work for free to build a portfolio? (29:10)

I truly don’t believe you should ever work for free. Some may disagree, but here’s the thing: you have experience in your field or you wouldn’t have started your business. Even if you haven’t landed a client yet, that experience still translates. Plus when you work for free, your heart usually isn’t fully in it and the client isn’t as committed, which means it’s difficult to reach the desired result. Instead of working for free, consider a special introductory price.

What should I do if I’m targeting several groups of people? (30:58)

If you are targeting several types of clients, your marketing and messaging will get watered down. You want to focus on one group of people who you can serve best. A broad or vague message won’t catch the attention of your dream clients.

What’s the best way to build an email list? (32:25)

Create a free resource (lead magnet) on a topic that someone could download or watch in exchange for sharing their email address. Be sure your lead magnet addresses their most immediate problem and gives them a quick win. If you’re stumped for ideas, consider what your dream client needs to know in order to get the best and fastest results working with you.

How do you know when you’re coming across salesy? (33:16)

If you have to wonder whether you’re coming across as salesy, then you probably are. In fact, I’m willing to bet you’re putting pressure on yourself to land the client. How about focusing on the person you want to serve and helping them solve their problem? Don’t look for the sale - in fact, clients come when you’re not focused on landing them.

What are your thoughts on marketing via direct messaging? (35:40)

I prefer to build relationships outside of a direct message. This could be answering a question that was posted in another FB group and directing them to my group. Regardless of which path you choose, build the relationship first. Sometimes, I will do a quick hello or check-in on someone through DM if we have an existing relationship, but I always start the conversation outside of Messenger first.”

How can I prioritize being visible without it taking all my time? (38:18)

Schedule time once a week to batch all your content. This has helped me so much because it's so easy to get caught up with content and social media, but having a designated time to work on it all at once will save you time. Also, I have a shared folder of all my content so that my team can go back and pull content for my social media calendar without me having to review it. Saves a ton of time! I also use a tool called Group Leads to automatically approve new members to my group, save their info, and add them to an email list where I have an automated welcome sequence giving them more resources from the group.

Outside of that, there is a certain amount of time you’ll need to devote to building relationships (you can’t automate that piece). Prioritize that and show up everyday to talk to your people. Remember - if you’re not consistent in showing up, you can’t expect your dream clients to show up for you.

I truly hope this marketing Q&A was helpful! If you have additional questions, please shoot me an email at michelle@vroomcommunications.com and I’d be happy to answer!

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Sign up for Michelle’s FREE training, Accelerate to 10K, and reach your first $10K month!
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of Market Like a Boss Podcast, I share my best tips on how to reach your first 10K month and be able to replicate it over and over.

You might not think you can’t achieve this goal, but it's POSSIBLE. Once you have hit a $10K month, you can do it again and again (and I’m living proof).

In this episode, I break down the exact steps I took to achieve my first 10K month. First, let’s talk about the money side of things...

I want to remind you that this isn’t just about making more money. It's about what the money allows you to do. I feel like I need to say this over and over again because so many women feel guilty for wanting to make more money. Sound familiar?

Ladies - you’re in business to make money. You can make money and continue to be the same person you are now. Money doesn’t have the power to change you. Is it ok to want more? Absolutely! Making more money means you’re able support yourself, your family, organizations, and even grow a team.

Who benefits from you not making money in your business? NOBODY. If you’re in business, you’re in business to make money. If someone judges you for wanting to make money...who cares?? Are they paying for your bills and livelihood? Probably not. Your money mindset is huge and you have to let go of the guilt you have for setting money goals.

Now that’s out of the way, here are some exact steps I have taken to make my first $10K month:

Identify your offer.

Notice all above that I said “offer” and not “offers.” When you’re marketing multiple offers on a weekly basis none of them will have the outcome you wanted. I recommend focusing on your highest package. I recommend this because you’ll need a smaller amount of people to make your money goals, which makes your money goals feel more realistic (increasing the likelihood you’ll reach them).

Speak to the right people.

I want you to keep in mind who your dream client is and how will you speak to them. Clarify WHO your offer is for and create your message to target the person who would benefit most from your offer.

Serve your audience and build relationships.

Relationships are the bread and butter for your marketing. Are you serving your clients? Are you engaging with people’s questions/concerns? Are you going live in your group and providing value-added content? I show up every day for my people, which is why I have a Facebook group that nets me 95% of my clients. What you focus on grows. If you want clients to come to you, then you need to make the first move.

Follow up.

Follow up is key in marketing. If you’re not following up, you’re leaving clients and money on the table. Don’t forget about people who might not be ready at this moment, but will be later on. Take time to build a relationship with them. This can look like checking in periodically to see how they’re doing, offering them a free training, etc. Yes, it involves some work but when they’re ready to invest, who do you think will be first on their list?

Set boundaries.

Boundaries are huge when you’re a business owner. I highly recommend staying focused on your offer while creating boundaries that will help you not get distracted by shiny objects. For example: set a timer so you don’t get lost scrolling your newsfeed or unfollow people who trigger comparison. Stay in your lane, focus on your journey and it will be much easier to reach that $10K month.

Fear of being successful?

You have to believe that you are capable of serving your dream clients. Even if you’re only 98% confident and 2% fearful, your audience can sense that. Confidence in yourself and your offers is KEY. Don’t be afraid of success - instead, focus on what that success will allow you do to in your business and life.

Support.

As you guys know, I’m a coach who also has a coach. Having a coach completely changed my mindset and turned me into a 6-figure business owner. My coach challenged me and believed in me...that’s what we all need. We can't hold ourselves accountable because we are great at getting in our own way.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find out how you can work with Michelle at Vroom Communications
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of Market Like a Boss Podcast, I share how to market consistently when you don't feel like it.

There’s going to be some tough love during this episode, but if you’re not marketing consistently...you have a problem and so does your business!

Let’s figure out what’s causing you to be inconsistent and change your mindset, shall we?

Your marketing has to be consistent if you want to land clients consistently. Often I find that business owners are holding themselves back for some reason. So, what’s holding you back? Why don’t you feel like doing your marketing? Are there negative thoughts coming up for you? Self-doubt? Are you afraid of hearing the word “no”?

Honestly ladies, these are excuses. In reality, your business needs you, your clients need you, and prospective clients need you.

I truly believe that discipline = freedom and consistency = clients.

The person who suffers the most when you’re not consistent is your clients. How can you serve them if you’re not showing up regularly? Remove yourself from the equation and shift your focus back to the people who need you.

The biggest thing that causes business owners to not market consistently is their need for control. When you have this mindset, it's hard to show up. You get in your own way. It took me a long time to let go of the things I couldn’t control and it has led me to greater freedom in my business.

Ask yourself: what can I control?

For example: you can control how you respond, you can control what you say, and you can control how you show up for your audience.

The other thing that causes women to be inconsistent in their marketing is feeling like they have to do it all. You try to tackle too much...then you lose your momentum in your business because you’re exhausted. Consistency is manageable when you focus on one thing at a time. If you can’t decide on the one thing to focus on, think of the one thing that’s going really well right now in your marketing and run with it. Doing that one thing over and over again is what will land you clients.

Lastly, you can’t be your own accountability partner. Find someone else to keep you on track. This could be a business coach, other entrepreneurs, or business groups. Every day you’re not being consistent in your marketing is a day you’re leaving money and clients on the table. Having a support system is KEY.

Remember - take action even when you don’t feel like it. Everyone experiences bad days, but don’t let them derail your marketing completely. Take time to figure out what’s causing you to lose motivation in your marketing, choose to focus on what’s going well and do more of it, and find someone who supports your business and ask them to hold you accountable.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find out how you can work with Michelle at Vroom Communications
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This is a very special episode of the Market Like a Boss Podcast as I’m joined by Krista Ripma, who will share with you the secret behind a 6-figure launch and what mistakes you might be making during a launch.

Krista Ripma is a marketing coach, launching strategist and co-founder of Authentic Audience, who she owns with her husband. She’s been in business three years and knows all the key ingredients you need to have a successful launch.

Let’s dive in!

“Why is a launch valuable?”

Krista: A launch by definition means there’s a period of time when you’re promoting a new offer - whether it is a course, product, service, etc. It’s extremely important to have a launch as it provides a sense of urgency and scarcity, which are two fundamental pieces in your marketing.

A launch allows your audience to have something to focus on and learn about the new offer with no distractions.

“What is the biggest misconception of a launch?”

Krista: I think the biggest misconception about a launch is people think they need to spend a lot of money to launch, which is not the case.

I’m a huge fan of soft launches, beta launches, skinny launches, etc. A skinny launch means you’re operating on a lean budget and using content that you already have (no paid ads). Marketing always requires some sort of investment, but it doesn’t mean you need to go over budget for a new launch.

“What mistakes have you seen during a launch?”

Krista: It’s so common for business owners to start a launch and then completely stop halfway through because they aren’t seeing the results they had projected. It’s important women realize that it takes an average of seven times to see and hear something before someone makes a decision to purchase.

I also find that business owners don’t post about their new offer frequently enough because they are afraid they will annoy their audience. If your audience doesn’t see your offer, how can they invest in the first place? Show up more than you feel comfortable with during a launch. And remember - you can’t annoy the right person.

The other big mistake business owners experience during a launch is that they think they need to have a huge following to be successful, which is not the case. Having a smaller niche audience means your people know you intimately and are more likely to invest.

The last mistake is sending a person directly to a sales page without any kind of introduction to you or your services. This can be a huge turn-off to potential clients. Marketing is all about relationships - without the foundation of trust, how can you assume someone will purchase your offer?

“What would be step 1 of a launch?”

Krista: Mindset, mindset, mindset! If you don’t believe in what you’re offering, your audience won’t either. Authenticity = Resistance. Your ego wants to consume you with fear. When you recognize the resistance, you’re on the right track. Think about what your gifts are...can you confidently say them out loud? We all have gifts. Being able to recognize your gifts and realizing no one is YOU.

“What would be step 2?”

Krista: You have to craft your offer. People get so far ahead with pricing, how many offers they want to sell, where they’re marketing, etc . You need to build your offer first before you jump into figuring out the logistics and goals of your launch.

“What happens after you craft your offer?”

Krista: The last step would be to create the launch strategy. All launch strategies are different. Regardless of which strategy you choose, you want to create urgency by giving your audience a behind-the-scenes look at your offer, email teasers, and a special event or training like a webinar with a special bonus for your offer for a limited time only. Urgency is key!

“What would be the time frame for a launch?”

Krista: I think two weeks is a great time length for a launch. You have to earn the trust of your audience and be firm about your deadlines for the launch.

“Why don’t you offer discounts?”

Krista: Discounts can devalue your offer. Your offer is valuable because you spent the time to create it. Instead of offering a discount, I recommend having an add-on or bonus for your offer.

“What advice would you give about showing up for a launch?”

Krista: For a six-figure launch, you will need to invest in your launch financially, which could be growing your email list or running re-targeting ads.

Secondly, you have to show up. You have to create content that is dynamic for your audience. This includes an assortment of posts, graphics, stories, and lives. Don’t be afraid to mix up your content and have fun with it. I also recommend posting every day during your launch, which can be so hard, but so necessary. Remember - people have short attention spans (8 seconds or less) and they don’t see all your content on social. Posting every day increases the likelihood that they’ll see at least one of your posts.

Don’t get discouraged if you don’t see a six-figure launch happen on the first try. Every launch you do teaches you more about your audience and what to do better the next time around.

If you want to learn more about Krista be sure to check out her website https://www.authenticaudience.co/

Follow Krista on Instagram: @kristarimpa

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find out how you can work with Michelle at Vroom Communications
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of Market Like a Boss Podcast, I share how to stop questioning your value.

I have seen so many amazing women question their value and whether or not they could get results for their clients. As a result, they pull back, get less visible, and essentially create the reality they don’t want (no clients).

Truth be told, if you don’t believe it's possible to serve your clients...your clients won’t believe it either.

Don’t worry - this IS a fear you can overcome (I’m living proof).

During this episode, I’ll share some tips for you about how to work through fear of success so you can land clients like the boss you are.

Look for evidence that you’re providing value.

Our brains are logical. We need confirmation. Right now, you might be thinking you’re not providing value, but you have to tell yourself that you DO provide value. One way you can shift your mindset is creating a power file. I created a power file (labeled in caps) on my desktop so I can see it every day. In this power file, I put testimonials from former clients, emails with personal notes from people I have helped, and anything that provides motivation. I reference this power file when I’m starting to doubt my value and the services offer. This is a great reminder of why I am an expert.

Talk to someone who is close to you.

Think of someone who is close to you, believes in you, and supports your business. If you’re starting to doubt yourself, ask them…”What value do you see in me?” “What are my strengths?” Sometimes we just need honesty and specific examples to get the proof that we do have value.

Journal Exercise: List all the reasons why you hold value.

I recommend getting a piece of paper and answering this prompt, Why should your clients work with you? Write everything down that comes to mind. Don’t censor yourself. Once you made this list, take the time to truly see all value that came to mind. This will call attention to all the value you provide. Ignore the doubt that will try to creep in while reading your list.

Redefine what value is.

What does value actually mean? Are you comparing yourself to someone else? Value is who we are as a person and what we can provide. What does value mean to you? Sometimes you might just think value is based on hitting a certain amount of money you make or the number of clients you get, but that’s not your what value is. Your value is your experience, your personality and the gifts you provide to everyone around you. If you can create a new definition of your true value, that self-doubt will go away.

Set boundaries.

If there’s people online that are causing you self-doubt yourself and your value...it’s your responsibility to do whatever it takes for it to not affect your business. You don’t want anything in your life that’s going to cause triggers.

If there’s someone who doesn’t support your business, don’t talk to them about your business.

If there’s someone you compare yourself to online, unfollow them.

If you need to remove Instagram or Facebook from your phone because you spend too much time on it, do it.

Be ruthless about setting boundaries as that’s how you set up a successful business. Remove the noise to remove your self-doubt.

Look for ways to add value.

If you’re questioning your value, I suggest you look for ways to add value. Maybe you pop-in on other Facebook groups and connect with others. Maybe you’re connecting with your local chamber and networking with other business owners. I encourage you to go out and look for ways to be helpful. When you spend time helping people who appreciate you as an expert...that’s going to help you see your value.

Get out of your own head and start serving your people.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find out how you can work with Michelle at Vroom Communications
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of Market Like a Boss Podcast, I share how to land clients without convincing people to work with you.

This is something many female entrepreneurs struggle with. Perhaps you feel you need to convince people to work with you, which typically leads to you spending all your energy on the wrong people. Or maybe you’re feeling like there aren’t enough clients out there for you to serve and you don’t want to miss any opportunity to bring in business.

Marketing doesn’t have to be this hard.

During this episode, I share 6 ways you can land clients without convincing them to work with you.

Understand who that dream client is.

I talk about this ALL the time, but if you don’t know who your dream client is...things will fall flat. You have to think about who would benefit from working with you and how you can provide results. Who is at the stage to work with you? Who has the greatest sense of urgency to solve their problems? Typically, this is normally someone who has been struggling for a long time, but they have to figure out on their own if they are ready to invest in you. You can’t make that decision for them.

Making sure your messaging targets who you want to work with.

You want to make sure your messaging is speaking to how you can provide a solution, sense of urgency, and painting the picture of what their business could look like for the future. You need to make sure your messaging addresses objections. Talk about the top 3 objections in your messaging because those who are having those objections will be more likely to work with you if you address them.

Operate from a place of abundance, not scarcity.

If you believe 100% that there’s dream clients out there to work with then that’s the energy you’ll be putting out into your audience. Having the mindset of abundance means you know if someone is not the right person, you accept it, and know the right person will come without convincing them to work with you. So instead of putting pressure on yourself and creating excuses why you can’t find dream clients, change your mindset. Scarcity attracts scarcity. This typically leads to you working with people you shouldn’t be working with.

Show up consistently and grow your audience.

You’re in the driver seat. Take control. If you take the time to nurture your relationships, show up consistently, and own your audience leads to not having to convince people to work with you because you have done the work. You know there’s dream clients within your audience and look forward to who wants to work with you. That shows your confidence in yourself and what you can offer.

Recognize that the right people will sign on.

There’s people who have told me "no" and I would be bummed out about it. However, I realized they just weren’t ready and it opened a spot to a person who was ready to take action. The right people will see the value of what you bring to the table and be drawn to you. The wrong people are always questioning you and your value...let them go.

Own your value.

This is something you have to do internally for yourself. If you understand the transformation you can provide clients then you will never need to convince someone to work with you. Do you have the perceptive that someone would be so lucky to work with you? Or do you just pray someone will just pay for your services? If you can be confident in your value, you won’t feel salesy, you won’t be fearful of talking about prices, and share your expertise!

With these 6 steps, you’ll never need to convince someone to work with you!

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find out how you can work with Michelle at Vroom Communications
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)

  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of Market Like a Boss Podcast, I’m talking about why you need to show up for your people...even when you don’t feel like it.

Quite frankly, this is a much-needed pep talk. It’s so common to hold yourself back from showing up for the people who need you most…mostly out of your own fear. In this episode, I talk about why you might not be showing up and how to shift your mindset so that you can market with confidence.

Why don't you show up? We are all guilty of this no matter what stage our businesses are in. Consistency in marketing is KEY. If you are not showing up, how are you supposed to gain new clients? Here are a few ways you might be holding yourself back:

You’re afraid of judgement.

You might be showing up, but are you being completely transparent? Are you fearful of someone telling you “no”? Are you afraid to share your successes? There’s so many of you out there who are afraid to share not only your successes but your failures as well. I can’t tell you how important it is to be transparent. It just makes you that much more relatable to your audience.

Your fear of judgement is holding you back. This comes back to knowing who your ideal client is. If you’re targeting the right clients, being confident in your messaging, and taking action in your marketing will lead you to success.

You feel that everything has to be perfect.

There’s no such thing as perfection (yes, I said it)... especially in marketing. The more you wait for things to happen in your business the less opportunities you’re creating for yourself. The illusion of being perfect is not going to help you or your business because it's not real.

All these thoughts are holding you back. These fears are a choice. You’re choosing these fears over your dream clients. Stop telling yourself to not show up. You can still experience these fears, but you work through them and take action. Taking action will build your confidence.

You have to get rid of the mindset of thinking your clients will come to you first...YOU need to take the first step. It’s your responsibility to take action.

Try this challenge

I encourage you to write a letter to your dream client on why you can’t help them. It may sound strange, but I want you to picture your dream client telling you that they are struggling and you can provide a solution. However, you’re not showing up for them. How will your client feel with that response? Put your focus back on your clients. That’s who matters at this time because you can serve them.

Let’s not have your fears get in the way anymore and take action, ladies!

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find out how you can work with Michelle at Vroom Communications
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This is a very special episode of the Market Like a Boss Podcast as I’m joined by my client, Doreen Korba, who will share with you how she reached 30K in our first month working together! She'll share why she decided to work with me, what the experience has been like so far, and how she was able to reach that 30K goal.

Doreen is a life and business coach for female entrepreneurs. She felt sharing the female entrepreneurs need that support for mindset and overall balance in their lives. Before she started her own business, she was working in the corporate world in marketing, but felt there had to be another way after her first baby was born. Now, Doreen is a mom of four beautiful children and living a happy balanced life!

As you know, I'm not just about sharing numbers that my clients reach. I like to break down how we hit big milestones so that you can apply the learnings to your business. I felt this would be a great episode to share with you because I like to be completely transparent about my journey, behind-the-scenes items, and client successes.

Let’s dive into Doreen’s journey!

“What made you invest in a coach?”

“It’s never too soon to hire a coach. I hired a coach before I even was a coach! I knew I could self-coach myself, but felt like something was missing. To get myself to the next level, I needed someone to help me with my mindset and to challenge me to achieve goals I never even thought were possible.”

“What led you to work with me?”

“I have been watching Michelle since we attended the RISE conference. I was noticing my mindset was not where it needed to be. I saw a post in Michelle’s Facebook group about one of her client success stories and it was just relatable to the point I felt it was speaking to me and knew that I had to connect with Michelle.

Secondly, during our initial call, I asked Michelle what her goals were and was pleased that her goal was a big one...because it meant she was practicing what she preached. While on the call, Michelle asked me: “Imagine how far you can go with a coach if you’re hitting big goals right now on your own?” After that question, I realized that she was completely right and I had to let my fear go out the window. I loved that she challenged me in that way.

“Where was your mindset before we started working together?”

“When I went to RISE in November, I had my lowest income month...leading to a very unmotivated mindset. I felt I was at a point of either figuring this out or going back to the corporate world (which is not what I wanted). I had a goal to hit 15K in a month. I started to work with Michelle in January. I hit 15K mid-January after just two weeks working with Michelle! I couldn’t believe it. This was a huge shift for me and having Michelle’s support to get me out of my head (and my own way) is what ultimately led to me reaching that 30K month.

One big takeaway from hearing Doreen share her story is this: she ended up working with me because she saw just one post. It was a post that she didn’t engage with...in fact, I had no clue she was watching. You guys, it is crucial to show up and take action every day because you never know who’s watching behind-the-scenes. Engagement isn’t always indicative of who will work with you - in fact, some of the most serious people are the ones watching you without engaging and waiting until they’re ready to invest.

If you're sick and tired of staying where you're at and you're 100% motivated to hit your first 10K month and get on the fast track to 6-figures in your business this year, I invite you to join the waitlist for the Market Like a Boss Mastermind. This 6-month program is for high-achieving coaches/strategists/consultants who are currently making between 2-5K/month and are ready to double their income (without the extra work).

Join the waitlist for the Mastermind now and be the first to get all the details when spots open in June!

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find out how you can work with Michelle at Vroom Communications
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

On this week’s episode of Market Like a Boss Podcast, I’m talking about 5 ways you can land a NEW client this week. I’m all about speed and taking massive action to get results fast, so this felt like the perfect episode to record!

Contrary to what you might think, you don’t need to wait around forever to get a new client. Yes, you need to have things in place (like who your dream clients are, your messaging, and making sure you’re showing up consistently), but the rest is just about showing up.

You’re in complete control of how and when you land clients (even if you don’t realize it). In light of that, here are 5 ways I recommend landing a new client this week:

  • Tap into your network.

Your network is larger than you think. You don’t even realize it, but it's very common for female entrepreneurs to not talk about their business or their offer. Don’t be afraid to share your business on your platforms. Post on your Facebook profile, reach out to family and friends, previous clients, former colleagues and ask for them to share your business...comes down to your networking. Don’t be afraid of any judgement from family and friends - the people who support you will love seeing you get visible.

  • Go to where you’re already connected with potential clients and make offers.

Are you talking about your offers regularly? If not, you can’t expect people to know what your services are or that you’re even taking clients. Don’t wait for someone to come to you. Make it easy for a prospective client to decide to work with you.

  • Reach out to referral partners.

Who are the people that reach a similar audience as you and offer complimentary services? These are the people that you want to connect with. Not only can they put you in touch with new clients, but they can also give you added exposure to their audience.

  • Follow up with existing leads.

If you’re not following up with leads, you’re leaving money and clients on the table. Follow-up can be as simple as checking in with a potential client and asking how they’re doing and how you can serve them. Just like friendship - if you don’t hear from a friend for a while, you’ll probably text or call to check in, right? Same thing with your marketing. Put time on your calendar to follow up with a certain number of people each week. Be that helpful, resourceful person that people would want to connect with and you’ll be shocked at how easy it is to land new clients.

  • Go to other groups/discussion forums.

I highly encourage you to join other Facebook groups or similar discussion forums where conversations among your audience are happening. Be helpful, answer questions, offer tips...and when appropriate, tell them about your Facebook group, your freebie, etc...but be sure to ask for permission first!

Let’s land some new clients this week, ladies!

If you're sick and tired of staying where you're at and you're 100% motivated to reach 6-figures in your business this year, I invite you to join the waitlist for the Market Like a Boss Mastermind. This 6-month program is for high-achieving women who are currently making between 2-5K/month and are ready to double their income and reach 6-figures this year.

Join the waitlist now and be the first to know when spots open in June!

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find out how you can work with Michelle at Vroom Communications
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This is a very special episode of the Market Like a Boss Podcast as I’m joined by guest Makayla Ervin who will share tips for how to build authority online. If you want to be seen as an expert online, then it's critical for you to show up like one. Makayla and I talk about how to do that so you can stand out from the noise and attract the high-ticket clients you're after.

A little bit about our guest...Makayla is a Brand Activation Strategist specializing in personal brand development and audience connection. As a visionary leader with a knack for bringing ideas to life, her calling is helping you create the business of your dreams without sacrificing your life to the hustle.

As a retired photographer turned business coach, workshop leader, community builder, and entrepreneur extraordinaire - her best days are spent in the sunshine with her 2 blonde headed boys and handsome husband before getting down to business and guiding women like YOU into greatness.

Here is a special freebie from Makalya for all of our listeners: bit.ly/authorityquiz

Okay, let’s dive in!

A few mistakes you might be making when building authority online…

  • Trying to be everything to everybody

This might resonate with you if you’re trying to attract all different types of clients and not staying focused on your niche. This is a very easy mistake to make as there’s so much noise out there, but you need to stay true to who you are and what you’re offering.

FEAR is natural. You might be fearful that there’s not enough ideal clients, but there is...it goes back to creating that authority and trust in yourself. If you cast a wide net with your audience, chances are high that you’re excluding the right people.

“If you try to appeal to everyone, you’ll appeal to no one.” - Makayla Ervin

  • Not showing up

If you’re not showing up with valuable content, you’re not going to become an authority in your niche. Building authority requires you to be present with your audience on a consistent basis. You have to put yourself out there and be seen. You have to educate your audience and be confident in your message to build authority. Remember - people are ALWAYS watching (even if they are behind-the-scenes). Not showing up = no authority.

Why is authority important?

Building authority doesn’t happen overnight and there’s no exact time frame when it happens. People think they are given authority after a number of years of experience, but that’s not how it happens. You have to put the “authority crown” on your head first before others will believe in you. You have to show up as the expert on day one even if you don’t feel like one. The size of your audience doesn’t make you an expert - it’s the VALUE you provide.

Want to connect with Makalya and get more tips to build authority online? Follow her on Instagram @mrsmakaylaervin.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find out how you can work with Michelle at Vroom Communications
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Making assumptions about your potential clients may hurt your marketing. In this episode of the Market Like a Boss podcast, I talk about what assumptions most people make about their audience and how to stop making them.

Here are the TOP assumptions I usually hear:

  1. People aren’t interested.
  2. My messaging sucks.
  3. My ideal clients can't afford me.
  4. If I post about my success, people are going to judge me and think I’m bragging.

The biggest problem with making assumptions is that it's a reflection of what you think... NOT what your audience thinks. It's more about you rather than your potential clients.

Ask yourself: What assumptions are you making right now? What part of you believes that they are true?

When you make assumptions, you look for evidence to support them. It's called confirmation bias. If you believe something, you will operate from the lens of that belief - which means you’ll find plenty of evidence to support it. This doesn't make your assumptions true, though. It simply means you need to work through the original belief that’s causing the assumption in the first place.

Maybe you don't believe that there are enough dream clients out there who are ready to invest in you. Maybe you’re afraid of rejection so you don't even try to connect with your audience. These actions drive the results you have now - the same results that fuel your assumptions. Make sense?

Assumptions keep us safe. They keep us from doing what we need to do in order to land clients. Assumptions keep you from getting visible and building relationships with your audience.

But here’s the thing: you’re the only one to blame for making those excuses. You're choosing to keep yourself from landing dream clients and making more money. You’re choosing to focus more on your assumptions than on reaching your dream clients.

Remember that you are responsible for your results. Start by shifting your assumptions into positive ones:

  1. People are ready to invest right now.
  2. People will see value in what I have to offer.
  3. People are watching.
  4. People will be inspired by my success.

"Your results are a direct reflection of your assumptions, thoughts and beliefs. If you're not where you want to be, that's on you. " -Michelle Vroom

What are you going to choose to believe today? What assumptions will allow you to show up and market in a way that feels fun and effortless?

If you need help figuring this out, then you’ll definitely want to check out my group coaching program, the Dream Client Accelerator. This program will help you map out a clear strategy for landing dream clients in the next 30 days.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find out how you can work with Michelle at Vroom Communications
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Most women struggle to put out content consistently. That’s because they’re not repurposing their content. When you repurpose content (vs. creating every single piece of content from scratch) you’re working smarter, not harder. That’s why I brought in content repurposing guru Ellyse Colson to give us all her tips in this week’s episode of the Market Like a Boss podcast.

Contrary to popular belief, you don't have to spend a lot of your time creating quality content for your audience. According to Ellyse, content repurposing involves taking a piece of content that you've already created (not just written but also podcast, video, live, etc.), then posting it to multiple platforms.

Sharing content is not the same as repurposing content. Sharing the same post on Facebook and Instagram at the same time won't encourage people to follow you on different platforms. You have to develop a strategy for your content vs. just posting the same content over and over for the heck of it.

First, here’s what you need to have an effective content repurposing strategy:

  1. Start with ONE social media platform.

This is the place where your primary source of content comes from - whether it's your Facebook group, Youtube channel, podcast, or other platforms where you mostly get your ideal clients from.

  1. If you want to extend to another platform, identify the PURPOSE of that platform.

Start by adding one platform at a time. Once you identify the purpose of the platform, decide which type of content will perform best. This may involve some research, as well as trial and error to see which pieces of content get the most reach and engagement.

Content strategy and repurposing is a marathon. It may take months for you to hone in on what resonates most with your audience. This is normal. Don’t shortcut the learning process because you’re impatient. There’s so much value in learning what works in real-time.

Ellyse also shares three steps to repurpose your content once it’s created:

  1. Start off with one primary piece of content.

Your core content may come from a variety of sources - such as video, newsletter, podcast or blog posts. These sources will give you enough content that you can share multiple times on different platforms...which means less content you have to create!

  1. Use a system where you repurpose content.

Try out tools like Trello or a simple spreadsheet where you can brainstorm and list down your repurposed content. You’ll also need a schedule outlining when and where you're posting each piece of content.

  1. Use an app to schedule out your repurposed content.

This makes it easier to batch and schedule your content so you’re not tied to social media all day everyday.

One of the main benefits to repurposing content is that it saves you time and energy that you can spend on landing and serving clients. Ellyse recommends that you sit down and take time for yourself to create your primary piece of content. This should be at a different time you're creating repurposed content so you can focus on each task and avoid exhaustion. Moreover, figure out the time of the day you have the most energy and creativity to create or repurpose content.

If you feel like your current content strategy isn’t working, Ellyse recommends you ask yourself these questions:

  • What is your purpose of posting on different social media platforms?

  • What is your call to action? Are you asking people to reach out to you?

  • How engaged are you with your audience?

If you’re planning to hire someone to help with this, Ellyse advises getting to know the person first so you can build a certain level of trust. Then you can begin handing off tasks that you're comfortable with, such as scheduling your content. Once you have that foundation, you may delegate more advanced tasks to that person, such as taking your primary piece of content and repurposing it into a few posts to share elsewhere.

Want to connect with Ellyse and get more tips to repurpose your content? Follow her on Instagram @ellyse_colson_!

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find out how you can work with Michelle at Vroom Communications
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Dream leads are people who are ready to invest in working with you. If you have a system for bringing in dream leads, you will never be at a loss for clients. In this episode, I share my 3-part system for attracting dream leads. This is the same system that I used to hit 6-figures in my business, and the same system I'll be using to reach 500K this year.

In order to bring in clients, you need to get in front of people and to connect with more leads. So before you pivot your business, ask yourself this: "Do I just need more leads in order to land more clients?" You just probably need to show up, market, and bring in more leads...not necessarily change your entire offer.

Here's the exact 3-part system that I use and teach my clients:

Think of your marketing as a road trip. Your destination is your dream client. You have to know who they are and where to find them...which means you need a GPS. The gas is your messaging or the content that you put out when talking to your audience. In order to get to your destination, you have to rev your engine and drive! This is why I call my lead generation system the "REV" system:

  1. Reason

You have to give people a reason to follow you and join your "hub" - which is the main place where your ideal clients can connect with you and learn more about what you do. For example, my hub is my Facebook group, where I get 95% of my clients.

You can attract dream leads to your hub through a piece of content, such as a resource or a training that addresses the immediate needs of your audience. This could be a challenge, webinar, video series, etc.

  1. Educate

You’ll educate your leads through your messages/content. Your content needs to:

a. Grab the attention of your audience

Speak to their current challenges and what they want most. You may ask them a question or drop a truth bomb by giving them some tough love.

b. Address their objections

If you want to convert leads faster on discovery calls, you have to address the objections they have to solving their problem in your messaging. This in turn shows them that they need you to help them see what's going on and overcome their beliefs about why they can't have the thing they want.

c. Show he transformation

Describe your own journey to your audience. Take people behind the scenes of your business or talk about your client's success stories. Talking about success is inspiring for the right people.

"Think of your content as the gas to your marketing vehicle. Without it, your vehicle is not going to run and you're not going to land new clients." - Michelle Vroom

  1. VIPs

These are the people who are really interested in what you have to offer and are ready to invest right now. When you put out your content and message, certain people will start engaging with you over and over. Add those people to a lead tracker so that you can prioritize nurturing your relationship with them.

How do you build a relationship with them? This looks like following up or letting them know they're on your mind. You can check in to see how they’re liking your content, offer a new resource, or offer to hop on a call and chat through their challenges. Show them you’re a human and that you care.

It’s important to note that some VIPs might be hiding behind the scenes. They may never engage with you until they’re ready to buy. Don’t base your entire marketing strategy on how many likes or comments you get on a post - keep showing up, especially for the people who are watching you without you knowing it!

If you have a system for bringing in dream leads, you don't have to convince people to work with you. You can make money whenever you want. If you want this type of freedom, join the Market Like a Boss Facebook group where you can find an entire video series called “Accelerate Your Leads”, which outlines my lead gen system in more detail. I look forward to seeing you there!

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find out how you can work with Michelle at Vroom Communications
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

This week's episode is a pep talk that many of you need to hear. Are you a recovering perfectionist? Do you hold back on showing up until everything feels “perfect”? Do you compare yourself to other people?

If so...I hate to break this to you, but not everything is going to be perfect.

In marketing, clarity comes with action. When you're not taking consistent action each day, you're not getting clients. Your fear keeps you stuck and from finding people who need you the most.

What if you take the focus off of yourself and put it on the person who needs you? What does your dream client need? How can you help them solve their problem? If you start to put your focus on what really matters, you'll find the courage to move forward.

"If you try to figure out every single step before you take the first one, you're doing it wrong! Take one imperfect step every single day and you’ll be amazed at how your marketing improves." -Michelle Vroom

Marketing is guess, test and revise. In order to get results, you need to put your content out there, see how people respond, and then refine it. Once you take a certain action, even if it doesn't work out the way you expected, you'll learn a lot from it. You won’t learn anything from doing nothing and trying to market in a vacuum.

You might be afraid to take action because you're scared of doing the wrong thing. But what if the wrong thing is not taking any action at all? You're not going to know what works unless you take action. Stop waiting for perfect - people need you now!

Here's a simple exercise: write down all the things that you haven't done in your marketing that you're afraid to do. Just let it flow and be honest. Go back to your list and highlight the first thing you're going to do this week. What is the first imperfect action that you're going to take? Keep on doing this every week and adding new things to your list.

Successful people are the ones who fall down, get back up, and learn from their imperfect actions! They don’t quit. They just keep on moving forward and try something new every single day.

You have to take the first step regardless of how you feel. It doesn't have to be perfect and you don't have to be 100% confident before taking an action. Trust in your ability to figure it out. Your audience doesn't need you to be perfect, they just need you to show up.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find out how you can work with Michelle at Vroom Communications
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

MEET THE GUEST: Kelly Glover books podcast tours for entrepreneurs so they can build brand equity. As the founder of The Talent Squad, Kelly is driven by the core belief that your personal brand is your most valuable asset. Kelly is a natural energizer obsessed with booking podcast interviews for her clients, which enables them to deliver incredible value to their audience, build relationships with hosts, and increase credibility, authority, visibility and influence.

In 2007, Kelly released her first podcast but it wasn't until 2014 that she finally made the transition from commercial radio host to podcast guest booking agent. Then in 2017, Kelly was faced with a "Jerry Maguire Moment", and with just a single client and one team member, launched her podcast guest booking agency, The Talent Squad. Kelly splits her time between Los Angeles, New York, and Sydney.

WHERE TO FIND KELLY ONLINE: Website - http://thetalentsquad.com/

EPISODE SUMMARY: We're back with another special guest on the Market Like A Boss podcast - meet Kelly Glover! In this episode, Kelly talks about how you can get featured on podcasts and how you can use that as part of your marketing strategy. Podcasting has opened up the media to everybody and has created many opportunities to become more visible to a larger group of people.

"The benefits of podcast are expert status, authority, credibility, reputation, influence... and it's about access. Now, you can go on any number of podcasts and the barrier to entry is much lower." -Kelly Glover

According to Kelly, the podcast industry has become much more competitive. Therefore, you need a solid strategy if you’re going to stand out and get booked.

Kelly advises that you start by asking yourself these questions:

Who am I talking to?

What do I want them to do as a result of listening to me on the show?

What can I teach them that they can do at the end of the episode and put into practice?

Next, do a self-evaluation. What will people find when they search you online? What does your website look like? What are your talking points? Pitching takes a lot of work so everything must be laid out well before you get started. Be specific on what you want to offer and deliver as a guest. Self-awareness is important. If you're pitching a big show, it's best to have a history of guesting first to make sure that you're ready.

Start by making a list of podcasts you want to be featured on (you can search iTunes, Google or Facebook). Check the charts, look at suggested podcasts, see which ones allow guests.

When your list is complete, you’re ready to craft your pitch email. Here are some tips on how to craft a pitch that will get noticed and land you a guest spot:

  1. Focus on the subject line.

Many people focus on the body of the email, but the subject line is the most important piece. It’s the thing that determines whether your email will be opened in the first place.

  1. Do your research.

Make sure you know who you're pitching to. Information is all around us so there's no excuse not to do your research about the show and the host.

  1. Make sure that you're clear about what you can offer.

What value can you offer and deliver to the audience?

  1. The show must be suited to you and you must be suited to the show.

Again, do your research! Your topic must be related to or suitable for the show you want to be featured on.

  1. Play by the show's rules on pitching.

Be sure to read any guidelines the show has for pitching. If they want you to fill-out a form, follow it.

What if you don't get a response? Kelly recommends following up via email - especially since hosts are busy and emails may get overlooked. I also suggest that you connect with the host on social media and show that you care about their content. Make sure to give them a nudge so they would notice your pitch. For example, I followed up with a host via Instagram after pitching and was able to secure a guest spot that way.

Once you get an interview, Kelly suggests that you practice in private before going public. Practice talking even just 3 minutes a day for a month. Come prepared by getting yourself acquainted to the show and host/s. You also need to make sure you have the proper tech, such as a microphone. It's better to invest in a good quality mic than face a tech or sound issue during the interview.

I hope you enjoyed the episode! Be sure to pop us a note in the Market Like a Boss Facebook group and let us know which podcasts you plan to pitch!

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find out how you can work with Michelle at Vroom Communications
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send

View Details

Given what’s happening around the world with the coronavirus, I know many women are scared about what it means for their business. That’s why I wanted to do a special episode about how to market during a crisis and the opportunity that exists for your business.

Here are 7 tips to help you market your business & land clients despite the coronavirus and other outside circumstances:

  • Limit exposure to fear-based posts, news, and other media
  • Explore new offers and ways to serve your audience (with people spending more time at home, this is a great opportunity to launch a new service or program
  • Reconnect with your network. This may include past clients or referral partners. Keep those relationships going and look for ways to collaborate to reach a new audience!
  • Focus on growing your audience. There is so much freedom in having an audience you can market to regularly.
  • Consider a new group of people you’ve always wanted to serve - and focus on serving your existing clients well. Your clients are likely worried and need your support now more than ever.
  • Evaluate what’s working and what’s not working in your business. Use this extra time to make improvements and do more of what’s working. It’s also a great opportunity to expand your marketing efforts - perhaps by starting a podcast or blog.
  • Invest in support. I know, I know, it’s easy to believe that no one wants to spend money right now. But the opposite is true - this is a chance for you to invest in the support and knowledge you need to fill any gaps in your marketing. That way when things pick up (and they WILL), you are primed and ready to take action.

If you’re a coach/strategist/consultant who is building your business while working a 9-5, you may find yourself with the unexpected gift of time right now. Time to work more on your business and grow it to a point where you can go full-time. If that’s a dream of yours, I encourage you to check out my group coaching program, the Dream Client Accelerator. This 4-month program will help you attract dream clients on repeat so you can grow to 50K in your business and leave your 9-5.

Right now I’m offering 5 spots to the program at a special rate and with a special bonus of 4 calls with me so you can get some personal attention. Send me an email at michelle@vroomcommunications.com if you’re interested in learning more.

Connect with Market Like a Boss!

  1. Continue the conversation in Michelle’s Facebook Group
  2. Find out how you can work with Michelle at Vroom Communications
  3. Grab your copy of Michelle’s free guide - 5 Steps to Get Clients Like a Boss.

Listen + Subscribe on ITUNES or STITCHER

I’d greatly appreciate a podcast rating and review so that this podcast can reach more women!

  • Search for the podcast in your podcast app (Market Like a Boss)
  • Scroll down and click 5 stars
  • Tap “Write a Review” & enter a brief review
  • Press send